EDGAR 10-K Filing

Company CIK: 1940177
Filing Year: 2025
Filename: 1940177_10-K_2025_0001437749-25-022022.json

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Item 1. Business
Overview
PodcastOne, Inc. (the “Company,” “PodcastOne,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes its content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms, including PodcastOne’s website (www.podcastone.com), Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music and more. We are a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Nasdaq-listed company (“LiveOne”). We have recently been ranked as high as #8 on the list of Top Podcast Publishers by the podcast metric company Podtrac.
On September 8, 2023, we completed our spin-out from LiveOne and our direct listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Spin-Out”) and our shares of common stock began trading on the Nasdaq under the symbol of “PODC”. On September 21, 2023, we changed our corporate name to “PodcastOne, Inc.” After the completion of the Spin-Out, we became a standalone publicly traded company trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market. We remain a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne.
We produce vodcasts (video podcasts), branded podcasts, merchandise and live events on behalf of our talent and clients. With a proven 360-degree advertiser solution for multiplatform integration opportunities and hyper-targeting, we deliver millions of monthly impressions, 6.0+ million monthly unique listeners and 17+ million IAB monthly downloads. With content covering all verticals (i.e. sports, entertainment, true-crime, business, audio dramas, self-growth, etc.), we provide a platform for brands to reach their most sought after targeted audiences. We intend to continue to acquire multiple assets over time and across a broad spectrum of podcast related media and companies. We intend to develop these assets to provide returns via organic growth, revenue production, out-licensing, sale or spin out.
Our operating model is focused on offering white glove service to our shows, talent, and advertising clients. With an in-house sales, production, marketing, and tech team, we believe PodcastOne delivers more to clients and talent than any other publisher in the marketplace. This allows us to scale our operations while attracting talent who bring in brand advertisers and revenue. We earn revenue through the sale of embedded host read ads, dynamic ads (host read and otherwise), segment sponsorships, and programmatic monetization channels. We also provide the opportunity for clients to have 100% share of voice with branded podcast episodes or series as well as live tours, merch, and IP ownership for original programming.
In addition to our core business, we also build, own and operate a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, LaunchpadOne. LaunchpadOne is a free innovative self-publishing podcast hosting, distribution, and monetization platform that provides an end-to-end podcast solution, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. LaunchpadOne serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years driven by increased advertising activity. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, our revenue was $52.1 million and $43.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 20%.
We are more than a podcast company. We are in the relationship business. Brands and creators partner with us to reach consumers who will purchase, listen and subscribe to their favorite PodcastOne podcasts across the audio landscape. We offer content for every type of listener with verticals including reality TV, sports, true crime self-help, and business. The visibility and reach of our network is evident with shows which consistently rank in the top 100 on the Apple Charts.
Podcasts
In the United States, podcasts have historically been and are expected to continue to develop as a high growth segment within the next five years. An estimated 210 million Americans have listened to a podcast at some point in their life, with “superfans” consuming over 11 hours of content per week in 2024. Driven by product innovations and content accessibility, the podcast market represents significant growth and monetization potential in the long term.
Business Model
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Our advertising strategy centers on the belief that advertising products that are based on content and are relevant to the Ad-Supported User can enhance Ad-Supported Users’ experiences and provide even greater returns for advertisers through the strength of our host-read embedded promos. According to a Super Listener Survey in 2021, an estimated 49% of listeners believe the hosts actually use the products and services they recommend and 60% of podcast listeners say they have bought something from hearing a podcast ad. Offering advertisers additional ways to purchase advertising on a programmatic basis is another key way that we expand our portfolio of advertising products and enhance advertising revenue. Furthermore, we continue to focus on analytics and measurement tools to evaluate, demonstrate, and improve the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on our platform.
When we are onboard new talent both parties have the common interest of creating content that advertisers want to purchase. We craft our deals with a percentage split of the advertising revenue (host-read embedded ads, DAI and programmatic) which strengthens our partnerships because when advertisers spend, we all win.
PodcastOne is a Leading Podcasting Company
PodcastOne is a leading advertiser-supported, on-demand digital audio network. With a 360-degree solution, including content creation, brand integration and distribution, PodcastOne sees more than 436 million downloads annually, across 275 episodes produced weekly. Today, a large global audience has access to over 200 podcasts distributed by PodcastOne whenever and wherever they want. We were one of the first podcast companies and transformed the podcast industry by allowing users to stream audio content (podcasts) on demand. In contrast, traditional radio relies on a linear distribution model in which stations and channels are programmed to deliver a limited programming options with little freedom of choice.
We are one of the largest independent podcast publishers with deep routed relationships with our creators, advertisers and distribution platforms. With over 6.0M unique downloads a month in the US and 17M global streams and downloads, PodcastOne’s portfolio continues to grow with engaged listeners and top tier talent. As illustrated below, we have been recently ranked as high as #8 on the list of Top Podcast Publishers by the podcast metric company, Podtrac, as a leading podcast publisher.
We offer content across verticals so there is something for everyone. The power of our network and brands is evident through our shows which consistently rank in the top 100 on the Apple Charts. Furthermore, we have built a promotional strategy that enables discoverability of PodcastOne shows just by being a listener of a show in the same vertical. For example, if you are listening to a PodcastOne true crime show, you will likely hear a promo about another true crime show from PodcastOne.
We are more than a podcast company. We are in the relationship business. Every day, brands and creators partner with us to reach consumers who will listen and subscribe to PodcastOne podcasts across the audio landscape. We relentlessly focus on creating entertaining, informative, quality content. Our brand reflects culture by turning a vast portfolio of compelling personalities and stories into entertaining and engaging listening experiences which connect our large audience to the world around them.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that the growth and future success of our business depends on many factors. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for our business, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations.
Impressions
The digital advertising industry is introducing new ways to measure and price advertising inventory. For example, a significant portion of advertisers are in the process of moving from purchasing advertisement impressions based on the number of advertisements served by the applicable ad server to a new “viewable” impression standard (based on number of pixels in view and duration) for select products. In the absence of a uniform industry standard, agencies and advertisers have adopted several different measurement methodologies and standards. In addition, measurement services may require technological integrations, which are still being evaluated by the advertising industry without an agreed-upon industry standard metric. As these trends in the industry continue to evolve, our advertising revenue may be adversely affected by the availability, accuracy, and utility of the available analytics and measurement technologies as well as our ability to successfully implement and operationalize such technologies and standards.
Further, the digital advertising industry is shifting to data-driven technologies and advertising products, such as automated buying. These data-driven advertising products and automated buying technologies allow publishers and advertisers to use data to target advertising toward specific groups of users who are more likely to be interested in the advertising message delivered to them. These advertising products and programmatic technologies are currently more developed in terms of advertising technology and industry adoption on the web than they are on mobile or on other software applications, and may not integrate with our desktop software version of the ad-supported services. Because the majority of our ad-supported user hours occur on mobile devices, if we are unable to deploy effective solutions to monetize the mobile device usage by our ad-supported user base, our ability to attract advertising spend, and ultimately our advertising revenue, may be adversely affected by this shift. In addition, we rely on third-party advertising technology platforms to participate in automated buying, and if these platforms cease to operate or experience instability in their business models, it also may adversely affect our ability to capture advertising spend.
We generate revenue by charging a cost per thousand impressions (“CPM”) based on the volume of purchased digital ads that we measure on behalf of these customers. If the volume of impressions we measure does not continue to grow or decreases for any reason, our business will suffer. For example, if digital ad spending remains constant and our advertiser customers transition to higher CPM ad inventory, overall impression volumes may decrease, which may result in fewer impressions for us to verify and a corresponding decline in our revenues.
Podcast Services
Our podcasts are available to users online alongside LiveOne’s digital Internet radio. Our users are able to listen to a variety of podcasts, from music, radio personalities, news, entertainment, comedy and sports. The podcasts are available on our platform, the LiveOne platforms and also on other leading podcast listening platforms, though various car manufacturers platforms such as Apple Music, Spotify, and Amazon. We monetize podcasts through paid advertising. We own one of the largest networks of podcast content in North America, which has over approximately 200 exclusive podcast shows that produces over 300 episodes per week and has generated over 204 million downloads during the year ended March 31, 2025.
In addition to our core business, we also built, owns and operates a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, LaunchpadOne. LaunchpadOne is a self-publishing podcast platform, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. LaunchpadOne serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
Key Business Metrics
We review various operating and financial metrics, including the number of podcasts downloaded to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. However, while we believe that other than the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform, such metrics do not materially help to evaluate our business, measure our performance or provide a better understanding of our results, our management uses its experience and understanding of the podcasting and advertising industry to evaluate such metrics, as well as CPM and various underlying podcast agreement terms (such as minimum guarantee payments, term, marketing spend) and others, such as advertiser engagement with a show, on a show by show basis and in totality across all shows on our network to predict our future business and financial performance. Accordingly, we are not aware of any uniform standards for calculating these key metrics, which may hinder comparability with other companies who may calculate similarly-titled metrics in a different way, and provide the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform as the metric that we believe provides the best understanding of our results, as more fully discussed below.
Year Ended
March 31,
YoY Growth
Number of podcast downloads
204,709,000
368,812,413
(44 )%
The decrease in the number of podcast downloads can be attributed to due largely to modified download behavior by Apple iOS 17 as it continues to be adopted by podcast listeners, as well as the departure of non-revenue generating partner networks from our podcast network.
Number of Podcast Downloads
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Therefore, we believe our ability to grow and measure our effectiveness of advertisers is dependent on tracking the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform.
Growth Strategies
We believe we are still in the early stages of realizing our goal to connect creators and audiences around the world. Our growth strategies are focused on continuously improving our technology and attracting more listeners in current and new markets in order to collect more behavioral data, which we use to offer our Users, advertisers, and creators to achieve more targeted results. The key elements of our growth strategy are:
Strategically Launch New Podcasts with Culturally Relevant Creators ⸺ A creator with an engaged fanbase can strengthen our network and along with it, the PodcastOne brand. There is a lot of strategy that comes from onboarding new creators. Most importantly is how they will impact audience growth across their vertical within the PodcastOne ecosystem. We have seen success in this manner with the Kail Lowry vertical and our Real Housewife-hosted shows.
Acquire Existing Podcasts that will Thrive on Our Network ⸺ With the data we collect on show performance and show growth through our in-network promotional strategy we know what shows we can grow on our network. Additionally, this data can guide what is missing and why we may want to acquire a show with large numbers of listeners that will provide us with a jumping off point for growing our other shows.
Continue to Invest In Our Advertising Business ⸺ We will continue to invest in our advertising products in order to create more value for advertisers and our Ad-Supported Users by enhancing our ability to make advertising content more relevant for our Ad-Supported Users. Our advertising strategy centers on the belief that advertising products that are based in podcasts and are relevant to the Ad-Supported User can enhance Ad-Supported Users’ experiences and provide even greater returns for advertisers. We have introduced a number of new advertising products, including sponsored playlists, a self-serve audio advertising platform, and are testing skippable audio advertising. Offering advertisers additional ways to purchase advertising on a programmatic basis is one example of how we continue to expand our portfolio of advertising products. We also are focused on third party agency relationships and their development of analytics and measurement tools to evaluate, demonstrate, and improve the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on our platform. In April 2025, we entered into a three-year Enterprise Service and Advertising Agreement with ART19 LLC (“ART19”), a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc. to move our existing network programming to the ART19 hosting platform. The agreement is expected to drive additional monetization opportunities across our vast library of popular podcasts.
Partner with New Distribution Platforms from Day One ⸺ Being on the ground floor of a developing platform is another key to our growth strategy. This allows for more discoverability and exclusive feature opportunities. When Facebook launched their audio platform, PodcastOne shows were a part of the press plan, received exclusive boosting opportunities and were among the first podcasts to streaming on their platform. Similarly, we are currently in beta with YouTube, who announced earlier this year that they are launching a podcast platform of their own. Approximately 18% of podcasts are consumed on YouTube and that number is quickly growing.
Advertising Solutions for Partners ⸺ Our Ad-Supported Service has grown from $43.3 million in revenue for the year ended March 31, 2024 to $52.1 million in revenue for the year ended March 31, 2025, representing an increase of 20%. $8.2 million or 94% of the increase can be attributed to our single largest customer. As more audio content is created and converting listeners to buyers, brands and advertisers are continuing to shift their marketing spends from traditional mediums to podcasting. A March 2022 survey by Advertiser Perceptions shows that “while 31% of agencies and brands have dedicated podcast ad budgets, more than half (54%) are taking the money out of their overall digital allocation including 49% that said it comes from their digital audio budget line.”
Technology innovation and data mining are at the heart of our Ad-Supported Service. From a technology perspective, we continue to adapt to what consumers want and the tools that agencies and partners are building to support these needs. We create content that resonates with listeners and that brands want to be aligned with.
PodcastOne has partnered with third party attribution companies to assist with attribution metrics, click-through data and ROI metrics. Such companies include: Podsights, Chartable, Claritas, Artsai, Podtrac and Extreme Reach.
Our ability to harness our data allows us to know our audiences. We believe we understand people through their mindset, activities, and tastes, and we can serve them relevant advertising catered specifically to them. Our advertising platform is continually moving toward a holistic people-based marketing approach that is better for both our listeners and our advertisers.
By offering advertisers customized opportunities within our programs we are able to deliver results for our brands and advertisers. Taking our podcast brands beyond an audio experience, we also give advertisers the opportunity to scale their buys across our video and social products when aligning with a PodcastOne podcast. We believe we will further strengthen our advertising business, since these are increasingly popular mediums for our advertising partners, the brands they represent and consumer behaviors.
Blue Chip Advertiser Relationships with Targeted Measurable Campaigns and Value-Added Opportunities ⸺ Our in-house marketing and production teams are responsible for enhancing the growth and success of our talent/creators through various functions by focusing on brand building, audience development, strategy, talent and live events. At the core of our shows are fundamental and trusted relationships with the hosts which collectively give us the ability to bring their vision to life. The multiple functions of creator services align cross-functionally and throughout PodcastOne to support creators on the platform while attracting new creators to our network.
In addition, because of our deep-rooted relationships with talent we are able to engage them in host read embedded spots and coach them through voice-over delivery to increase direct response sales and advertiser satisfaction. Furthermore, these relationships allow us to create value-added opportunities with brands through talent socials, YouTube and other influencer marketing tools.
Advertisers also have the opportunity to brand entire podcast series, as executed by Microsoft and our MotorTrend podcast most recently. This would allow advertisers to enter into content development deals for their brand with us, where we would produce and distribute an entire podcast series for the specific brand. Advertisers benefit from branding a podcast series by getting 100% share of voice ads, which in our experience significantly helps them launch a new product, service or offering. Two podcast series examples that we have recently put together in a similar format are The Inevitable podcast and On the Edge with Microsoft Edge podcast.
We also offer comprehensive sales opportunities for advertisers ranging from video, audio and social to live events and merchandise. By scaling across our talent’s networks, we can offer exclusive branding opportunities to our clients including higher CPMs for us and value added opportunities for advertisers.
Value Propositions
The following elements denote the fundamental values of our PodcastOne community:
Easy audio making for everyone. We were one of the first online audio communities to provide a one-stop destination for creators to produce, edit, host and distribute audio content to consumer’s mobile and desktop devices. This has given us a wealth of experience to develop the turnkey production, sales and marketing services we offer make it possible for our partners to create high-quality, original podcasts. The monthly average number of downloads by our podcasts decreased from approximately 30.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 to approximately 17.1 million in the same period in 2025, driven primarily by Apple iOS 17’s change in download attribution methodology, as well as the departure of non-revenue generating partner networks from our podcast network.
Reaching audience and getting paid. PodcastOne shows have access to one of the largest online audio communities with distribution on publicly available platforms (Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, etc.) as well as our proprietary platform. This allows our podcasts, live streaming or interactive audio products available to be shared, further amplifying their reach. Our data-driven marketing strategies and best-in-class sales organization, helps increase the content value and motivate content creators to create and share more content on our platform. Our data analytics also provide useful feedback to our hosts to help them create and distribute more unique and high-quality content that truly resonates with their audience and invites new listeners in.
“White Glove” Offerings. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors through deeply integrated sales, marketing, production and distribution services offered to creators once onboarded with PodcastOne. Our data driven marketing function range across in network cross promotion, social media best practices, video asset creation and off-network trade opportunities. As a result, we have cultivated a highly engaged listener community across a variety of verticals (True Crime, Sports, TV & Film, etc.). In the quarter ending March 31, 2025, PodcastOne had recorded a total of 17 million average monthly listeners. We prioritize establishing and maintaining an in-depth relationship with our creators so that we are viewed as a trusted and valued partner.
The Podcast Industry Keeps Growing While Radio is Shrinking. For the first time ever, the podcast advertising marketing grew beyond $2.43B in 2024 and are expected to exceed $2.89B in 2025 and reach $5B by 2027. The spoken audio industry has shifted share of voice significantly from 78% radio/13% podcasts/19% other in 2014 to 44% radio/36% podcasts/20% other.
Spoken Word is Increasing Among Gen Z. There has been a 214% increase in spoken word consumption since 2014 among the 13-24 year-old demographic, with 21% of that being podcast usage. PodcastOne delivers content that spans various verticals, preferences and ages, positioning us to be part of that 21% and we expect to see that percentage grow as Gen Z continues to shift their listening habits to podcasts.
Increasing Penetration of Established Marketing. There is an opportunity for growth, even in more established markets. According to eMarketer, the number of podcast listeners is anticipated to grow to 135 million in 2024 and nearly 150 million listeners are expected to make podcasts a part of their media diet by 2027.
Podcast Services
Listeners can access our podcasts on their mobile devices and desktops across all major distribution platforms (Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, etc.). We offer all of our podcasts for free to cultivate a broad and loyal user base and generate organic traffic to our audio entertainment which has attractive monetization potential. As we build and scale loyal listeners for our shows we are also building listeners for our other shows, due to our internal cross promotional network. As shows increase in listenership, their value also increases to advertisers, often times resulting in higher CPMs, in renewals and ultimately more revenue.
Creator Services
Our in-house marketing and production teams are responsible for enhancing the growth and success of our talent/creators through various functions by focusing on brand building, audience development, strategy, talent, live events and sweepstakes. At the core of our shows are fundamental and trusted relationships with the hosts which collectively give us the ability to bring their vision to life. The multiple functions of creator services align cross-functionally and throughout PodcastOne to support creators on the platform while attracting new creators to our network.
Content Strategy
At the core, our content strategy is about partnering with influencers and creators who will not only thrive in the audio space but who complement our current programming. Since July 2020 we have onboarded over 50 shows, increasing downloads by more than 50% for some (On Display with Melissa Gorga, Trust Me) and consistently ranking in the top 15 publishers according to Podtrac. We grow by continuing to identify what resonates with our listeners and delivering content consumers want to listen to.
There is also a surge in video podcasts (vodcasts), a product we have been delivering for some of our shows since 2020. We are encouraging all of our podcasters to create video content, a platform we can support (produce, edit, distribute) on their behalf via YouTube and various social platforms. With YouTube’s recent hyper focus on bringing podcast content to their platform, we expect to see considerable podcast listener growth and AdSense dollars (revenue) from the platform.
Technology
We have built an internal Content Management System (“CMS”) system that creators and producers can use to track metrics about shows on an episode-by-episode basis. CMS is the platform where podcast episodes are uploaded, RSS feeds are created and distributed to listening platforms, and the listening data is analyzed and displayed in a dashboard for the creators / producers to see. We are focused on continuously improving our technology so that it is user-friendly and sets us apart from other independent publishers.
We are one of the few podcast networks with a proprietary CMS that allows for a customizable internal system resulting in improved audience analytics. Our hosts/talent are also able to view their own download numbers, trends and analytics on this proprietary software, something many network competitors don’t provide. This fully owned and operated enterprise CMS rivals other paid platforms such as Megaphone (Spotify-owned), Art19 (Amazon-owned) and SimpleCast (SiriusXM/Pandora-owned). CMS’ day-to-day operation and maintenance is managed by a vendor we contract with and is constantly being updated to be a best-in-class system.
Blue Chip Advertiser Relationships with Targeted Measurable Campaigns and Value-Added Opportunities.
We offer and book competitive campaigns with new and legacy brands by: (1) using measurement tools and partners to deploy leading podcast measurement solutions that are tailored to our clients key performance indicators; including brand impact and sales lift; (2) engaging with third party attribution partners to provide greater insight for our clients into the effectiveness of their campaigns across multiple publishers and hosting providers; and (3) conducting brand lift studies that allow our Company to demonstrate and validate campaign impact.
In addition, because of our deep-rooted relationships with talent we are able to engage them in host read embedded spots and coach them through voice-over delivery to increase direct response sales and advertiser satisfaction. Furthermore, these relationships allow us to create value-added opportunities with brands through talent socials, YouTube and other influencer marketing tools.
Advertisers also have the opportunity to brand entire podcast series, as executed by Microsoft and MotorTrend most recently. This would allow advertisers to enter into content development deals for their brand with us, where we would produce and distribute an entire podcast series for the specific brand. Advertisers benefit from branding a podcast series by getting 100% share of voice ads, which in our experience significantly helps them launch a new product, service or offering. Two podcast series examples that we have recently put together in a similar format are The Inevitable podcast and On the Edge with Microsoft Edge podcast.
We also offer comprehensive sales opportunities for advertisers ranging from video, audio and social to live events and merchandise. By scaling across our talent’s networks we can offer exclusive branding opportunities to our clients including higher CPMs for us and value added opportunities for advertisers.
Marketing
Since our inception, we have focused our marketing efforts on enhancing our brand’s authenticity and presence among consumers, creators and advertisers. Initially, our campaigns were designed to educate the market on the concept of on-demand podcast streaming and the navigation functionality we provided. As familiarity with the podcast access model spread, our promotional efforts shifted to promote the specific shows, talent and brands in our portfolio. We have found that consumers don’t particularly know or care who is producing the content they are listening to. They are listening because they like what a host or creator represents and has to say.
Competition
We compete for the time and attention of our users across different forms of media, including traditional broadcast, satellite, and internet radio (iHeartRadio, LastFM, Pandora, and SiriusXM), other providers of on-demand audio streaming services (Spotify, Amazon Prime, Apple Music, Deezer, Google Play Music, Joox, Pandora, and SoundCloud), and other providers of in-home and mobile entertainment such as cable television, video streaming services, and social media and networking websites. Additionally, we compete with midsized publishers creating and distributing ad-supported content for the aforementioned audio platforms (Dear Media, Barstool Sports, etc.). We compete to attract and engage listeners with our content accessibility, perceptions of advertising load in our shows, brand awareness and reputation. Many of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages such as greater name recognition, legacy operating histories, and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical, human, and other resources.
Additionally, we compete to attract and retain advertisers and a share of their advertising spend for our Ad-Supported Service. We believe our ability to compete depends primarily on the reputation and strength of our brand as well as our reach and ability to deliver a strong return on investment to our advertisers, which is driven by the size of our show-specific audiences, our advertising products, our targeting, delivery and measurement capabilities, and third party/agency relationships.
We also compete to attract and retain highly talented individuals, including producers, editors, sales executives and marketers. Our ability to attract and retain personnel is driven by compensation, culture, and the reputation and strength of our brand. We believe we provide competitive compensation packages and foster a team-oriented culture where each employee is encouraged to have a meaningful contribution to PodcastOne. We also believe the reputation and strength of our brand helps us attract individuals that are passionate about our Service.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our technologies and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights, and trademarks, as well as contractual restrictions, technological measures, and other methods.
In addition to the forms of intellectual property listed above, we own rights to proprietary processes and trade secrets, including those underlying the PodcastOne platform. We use contractual and technological means to control the use and distribution of our proprietary software, trade secrets, and other confidential information, both internally and externally, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers, and partners. Finally, since 2019, PodcastOne has included passive participation in substantially all of its agreements, meaning if a podcast goes to derivative, PodcastOne doesn't have creative control but does accrue payment as a passive participant.
LaunchpadOne ⸺ LaunchpadOne is a free innovative podcast hosting, distribution, and monetization platform that provides an end-to-end podcast solution. With over 1,000 available podcasts, LaunchpadOne offers creators a 360-degree podcasting ecosystem - a cutting-edge technology hosting platform, customizable design elements, a podcast player, distribution tools to publish on all major listening apps, including Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, Overcast and Pocket Casts and others, along with a deep network of shows. LaunchpadOne’s robust platform technology, promotion and monetization opportunities allows podcast creators to leverage unique opportunities from us, such as the ability to accumulate new listeners, get discovered, and collaborate with the established podcast network. We monetize the audience of the LaunchpadOne network through ad insertion technology platform, which generates revenue for us. Simultaneously, LaunchpadOne creators receive free hosting and also have the opportunity to generate revenue for their own podcasts by embedding any ads they sell on their own.
Geographic Information
For additional information regarding our segments, including information about our financial results by geography, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 1 - Organization and Basis of Presentation to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Government Regulation
We are subject to many U.S. federal and state, European and other foreign laws and regulations, including those related to privacy, data protection, content regulation, intellectual property, consumer protection, rights of publicity, health and safety, employment and labor, competition, and taxation. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created, or amended in a manner that could harm our business. In addition, it is possible that certain governments may seek to block or limit our products or otherwise impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of any or all of our products for an extended period of time or indefinitely.
In the area of information security and data protection, the laws in several jurisdictions require companies to implement specific information security controls to protect certain types of information. Data protection, privacy, consumer protection, content regulation, and other laws and regulations are very stringent and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. In particular, we are subject to the data protection/privacy regulation under the laws of the EU.
The framework legislation at an EU level with respect to data protection currently is Directive 95/46/EC (the “Data Protection Directive”). The purpose of the Data Protection Directive is to provide for the protection of the individual’s right to privacy with respect to the processing of personal data. Each member state is obligated to have national legislation consistent with the Data Protection Directive. These local laws can impose stringent rules relating to the way in which we process personal data.
The Data Protection Directive will be superseded by the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which came into effect on May 25, 2018. The GDPR is intended to create a single legal framework that applies across all EU member states. However, there are certain areas where EU member states can derogate from the requirements in their own legislation. It is therefore likely that we will need to comply with these local regulations in addition to the GDPR. Local Supervisory Authorities will be able to impose fines of up to 4% of annual worldwide turnover of the preceding financial year or €20 million, whichever is greater, for non-compliance. These data protection authorities will have the power to carry out audits, require companies to cease or change processing, request information, and obtain access to premises. Where consent is relied upon as the legal basis for processing personal data, businesses must be able to demonstrate that the data subjects gave their consent to the processing of their personal data and will bear the burden of proof that consent was validly obtained and can be withdrawn at any time. The GDPR will implement more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, requiring enhanced disclosures to data subjects about how personal data is processed, limiting retention periods of personal data, requiring mandatory data breach notification, and requiring additional policies and procedures to comply with the accountability principle under the GDPR. In addition, data subjects have more robust rights with regard to their personal data.
Our privacy policy and terms and conditions of use describe our practices concerning the use, transmission, and disclosure of User information and are posted on our website.
Legal Proceedings
Our Company or our parent company, LiveOne, from time to time is subject to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings. Some of these claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings involve highly complex issues, and often these issues are subject to substantial uncertainties. Accordingly, our potential liability with respect to a large portion of such claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings cannot be estimated with certainty. Many of these proceedings may be at preliminary stages and/or seek an indeterminate amount of damages. Management, with the assistance of legal counsel, periodically reviews the status of each significant matter and assesses potential financial exposure. We recognize provisions for claims or pending litigation when it determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncertain nature of litigation, the ultimate outcome or actual cost of settlement may materially vary from estimates. If management’s estimates prove incorrect, current reserves could be inadequate and we could incur a charge to earnings which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, net worth, and cash flows.
In the opinion of our parent company’s management, after consultation with legal counsel, other than as set forth in “Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies - Legal Proceedings” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, such routine claims and lawsuits are not significant and our parent company does not currently expect them to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, or ours.
Property and Equipment
Our principal executive offices are located at 345 North Maple Drive, Suite 295, Beverly Hills, CA 90210, and our corporate website address is www.podcastone.com. We are under a month-to-month lease for approximately 1,308 square feet of office space.
The majority of our computing needs are serviced by Nox Solutions, who leverages Verizon’s CDN services for PodcastOne’s data storage. The data centers host the www.podcastone.com website and intranet applications that are used to manage the website content in addition to fueling our CMS. Our data centers are listed below.
Verizon CDN Data Centers
We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the near future and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable future operations.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2025, we had 40 full-time and no part-time employees, all of which are located in the United States. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
We endeavor to maintain a workplace that is free from discrimination or harassment on the basis of color, race, sex, national origin, ethnicity, religion, age, disability, sexual orientation, gender identification or expression or any other status protected by applicable law. We conduct annual training to prevent harassment and discrimination and monitor employee conduct year-round, including by providing employees with access to an anonymous whistleblower hotline to report any violations. The basis for recruitment, hiring, development, training, compensation and advancement at the Company includes qualifications, performance, skills, and experience. We believe our employees are fairly compensated, without regard to gender, race and ethnicity, and routinely recognized for outstanding performance and are offered training and professional development opportunities. Our compensation program is designed to attract and retain talent. We continually assess and strive to enhance employee satisfaction and engagement.
Corporate Information
We are a Delaware corporation incorporated on February 5, 2014. On July 1, 2020, we were acquired by LiveOne and became its wholly owned subsidiary. On September 8, 2023, we completed our Spin-Out and our shares of common stock began trading on the Nasdaq under the symbol of “PODC”. As a result of the Spin-Out, we became LiveOne’s majority owned subsidiary. On September 21, 2023, we changed our corporate name to “PodcastOne, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 345 North Maple Drive, Suite 295, Beverly Hills, CA 90210.
Available Information
Our main corporate website address is www.liveone.com. Copies of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Current Reports on Form 8-K and our other reports and documents filed with or furnished to the SEC, and any amendments to the foregoing, will be provided without charge to any shareholder submitting a written request to the Secretary at our principal executive offices or by calling (310) 858-0888. All of our SEC filings are also available on our website at http://ir.liveone.com/ir-home as soon as reasonably practicable after having been electronically filed or furnished to the SEC. All of our SEC filings are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
We provide notifications of news or announcements regarding our financial performance, including SEC filings, investor events, and press and earnings releases on the investor relations section of our corporate website. Investors can receive notifications of new press releases and SEC filings by signing up for email alerts on our website. Further corporate governance information, including our board committee charters and code of ethics, is also available on our website at http://ir.liveone.com/ir-home. The information included on our website or social media accounts, or any of the websites of entities that we are affiliated with, is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website or social media accounts are intended to be inactive textual references only.

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the risks described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Many of the following risks and uncertainties are, and will be, exacerbated by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the Israel-Hamas War and any worsening of the global business and economic environment as a result.
RISK FACTORS SUMMARY
The risks contained in this Risk Factors Summary are not exhaustive and it is not possible for us to predict all risks that could cause our actual results to differ materially. The risks speak only as of the date hereof, and new risks may emerge or changes to the foregoing risks may occur that could impact our business. Some of the material risk include, but are not limited to, the following:
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
●
We have incurred significant operating and net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.
●
We may require additional capital, including to fund our and/or LiveOne’s current debt obligations and to fund potential acquisitions and capital expenditures, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and which depends on many factors beyond our control.
●
If LiveOne does not comply with the terms of its Debentures (as defined below) and/or the Capchase Loan (as defined below), its senior lenders may terminate its obligations to LiveOne and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder.
●
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a de-listing of shares of our common stock and penny stock trading.
●
There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
●
We face and will continue to face competition for ad-supported listening time.
●
Our business is dependent upon the performance of our podcasts and their talent.
●
Significant up-front and/or minimum guarantees required under certain of our podcast license agreements may limit our operating flexibility and may adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
●
If we fail to increase the number of listeners consuming our podcast content, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
●
Our revenue and operating results are highly dependent on the overall demand for advertising. Factors that affect the amount of advertising spending, such as economic downturns, can make it difficult to predict our revenue and could adversely affect our business.
●
Increases in the costs in relation to podcast content creators, such as higher podcast MGs and/or talent revenue share compensation and costs of discovering and cultivating a top podcast content creator, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
●
Negative media coverage could adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Company
● For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting were not effective. If we are unable to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis or prevent fraud could be impaired, and the market price of our securities may be negatively affected.
●
If we are unable to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis or prevent fraud could be impaired, and the market price of our securities may be negatively affected.
●
We may face litigation and other risks as a result of the restatement of our previously issued financial statements and related matters.
●
We heavily depend on relationships with our content providers and other industry stakeholders and adverse changes in these relationships, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
●
LiveOne and/or our Company may not have sufficient cash flow from our and LiveOne’s business operations to make payments on its then current indebtedness and/or our indebtedness, if any.
●
We rely on key members of our management and the loss of their services or investor confidence in them could adversely affect our success, development and financial condition.
●
Unfavorable outcomes in legal proceedings may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
●
We will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.
Risks Related to Our Relationship with LiveOne and its Indebtedness
●
LiveOne’s debt agreements contain restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, and LiveOne’s substantial indebtedness may limit cash flow available to us to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.
●
LiveOne may not have the ability to repay the amounts then due under its Debentures at maturity or as otherwise required therein.
●
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market as a result of the completion of the Spin-Out. As a result, we qualify for, but do not currently intend to rely on exemptions from corporate governance standards, and accordingly, we intend for you to have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not a “controlled company” and are subject to all corporate governance requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market.
●
We may have conflicts of interest with LiveOne and, because of (i) certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to related person transactions and corporate opportunities, (ii) agreements we have and will enter into with LiveOne in connection with our completed Direct Listing, and (iii) LiveOne’s controlling beneficial ownership interest in our Company, we may not be able to resolve such conflicts on terms favorable to us.
●
We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with LiveOne.
Risks Related to Technology and Intellectual Property
●
Regulatory and business practice developments relating to personal information of our users and/or failure to adequately protect the personal information of our users may adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Acquisition Strategy
●
We can give no assurances as to when we will consummate any future acquisitions or whether we will consummate any of them at all.
●
A number of other companies are seeking to make acquisitions in our industry, which may make our acquisition strategy more difficult or expensive to pursue.
Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
●
We have a limited operating history as a publicly-traded company, and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.
●
Our stock price may be volatile, and could decline significantly and rapidly.
●
An active, liquid, and orderly market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained.
●
LiveOne owns substantial majority percentage of our common stock and voting power and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.
●
Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plan or any acquisition agreement, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.
●
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by certain of our stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.
●
We cannot guarantee that LiveOne’s stock repurchase program will be consummated fully or that it will enhance our long-term shareholder value. Repurchases of our stock could also increase the volatility of the trading price of our stock and could diminish our cash reserves.
●
We are currently a “smaller reporting company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects and may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
●
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.
●
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We have incurred significant operating and net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.
As reflected in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein, we have a history of losses, incurred significant operating and net losses in each year since our inception, including net losses of $6.5 million and $14.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and cash (used in) provided by operating activities of $(0.2) million and $2.2 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $36.1 million and net working capital of $1.5 million. We anticipate incurring additional losses until such time that we can generate significant increases to our revenues, and/or reduce our operating costs and losses. To date, we have financed our operations exclusively through the sale of equity securities (including convertible securities), and after our acquisition by LiveOne on July 1, 2020, through LiveOne’s sale of its and our equity and/or debt securities (including convertible securities). The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future expenditures and our ability to significantly grow our business and increase our revenues. We expect to continue to incur substantial and increased expenses as we grow our business. We also expect an increase in our expenses associated with our operations as a publicly-traded company. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of other reasons, including unsuccessful acquisitions, costs of integrating new businesses, expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. As a result of the foregoing, we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.
Our ability to meet our total liabilities of $6.1 million as of March 31, 2025, and to continue as a going concern, is dependent on our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing and further develop and execute on our business plan. We may never achieve profitability, and even if we do, we may not be able to sustain being profitable. As a result of the going concern uncertainty, there is an increased risk that you could lose the entire amount of your investment in our company, which assumes the realization of our assets and the satisfaction of our liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. We anticipate incurring additional losses until such time that we can generate significant increases to our revenues, and/or reduce our operating costs and losses. To date, we have financed our operations exclusively through the sale or issuance of our equity securities and cash from operations, and after our acquisition by LiveOne on July 1, 2020, through the sale or issuance of our and/or LiveOne’s equity and/or debt securities (including convertible securities) and cash from operations. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future expenditures and our ability to significantly grow our business and increase our revenues. We expect to continue to incur substantial and increased expenses as we grow our business. We also expect an increase in our expenses associated with our operations as a publicly-traded company. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of other reasons, including unsuccessful acquisitions, costs of integrating new businesses, expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. As a result of the foregoing, we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.
We may require additional capital, including to fund our and/or LiveOne’s current debt obligations and to fund potential acquisitions and capital expenditures, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and which depends on many factors beyond our control.
Historically, we have funded our business operations and capital expenditures primarily through the issuance and/or sale of our and/or LiveOne’s equity and/or debt issuances (including convertible securities) and cash from operations. To support our growing business, we must have sufficient capital to continue to make significant investments in our platform and product offerings. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked and/or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock, and our existing stockholders may experience dilution. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at significantly higher interest rates, require additional restrictive financial and operational covenants, or require us to incur significant transaction fees, issue warrants or other equity securities, or issue convertible securities. These restrictions and covenants may restrict our ability to finance our operations and engage in, expand, or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants and restrictions could result in a default and an acceleration of our obligations under a debt agreement.
We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans and operating performance and the condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing and to an extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
If LiveOne does not comply with the terms of its Debentures and/or the Capchase Loan, its senior lenders may terminate its obligations to LiveOne and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder.
On May 19, 2025 (the “Closing Date”), we and LiveOne, our parent, entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers our Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures (the “Initial Debentures”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,775,000 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $15.25 million, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions (as defined below), LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers its additional Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $11,000,000 on substantially the same terms as the Initial Debentures (the “Additional Debentures” and collectively with the Initial Debentures, the “Debentures”). The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. LiveOne may sell to the Purchasers the Additional Debentures if within 15 months of the Closing Date either of the following conditions have been satisfied during such 15-month period (the “Conditions”): (x) the VWAP (as defined in the SPA) of LiveOne’s common stock has been equal to or greater than $4.20 per share (subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations) for 30 consecutive trading days, or (y) Free Cash Flow (as defined in the SPA) has been equal to or greater to $3,000,000 for three consecutive fiscal quarters, and has increased in each of the foregoing quarters from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month.
Over the term of the Debentures and at maturity, the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures and the Capchase Loan (as defined below), will become due and payable by us in installments. As of May 31, 2025, $0.6 million of the principal amount of the Capchase Loan is due and matures in fiscal 2026 and the principal amount of the Debentures is due and matures in fiscal 2029. The holders of the Debentures may also require LiveOne to redeem the Debentures up to $0.8 million due in fiscal 2026, $1.2 million due in fiscal 2027, $1.2 million due in fiscal 2028 and $13.6 million due in fiscal 2029.
LiveOne’s Debentures and the Capchase Loan contain certain provisions that limit its and our operating activities, including the Debentures containing a covenant relating to the requirement to maintain a certain amount cash (as provided in the Debentures). If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Debentures holders and/or Capchase may among other things, terminate their obligations thereunder, accelerate their debt and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all amounts thereunder. For example, on October 13, 2022, a judgement was entered in favor of SoundExchange, Inc. (“SX”) against LiveOne and Slacker in the United States District Court Central District of California in the amount of approximately $9.8 million. In February 2023, LiveOne and Slacker settled the dispute (the “SX Settlement Agreement”) to pay the outstanding amount in monthly payments subject to increase in the event LiveOne or Slacker complete certain future financings, which agreement, as amended in January 2025, requires LiveOne and Slacker to pay SX the remaining sum on or before February 1, 2027, in 48 monthly payments, unless LiveOne or Slacker repays the judgment amount earlier pursuant to the terms of the SX Settlement Agreement, and SX agreed not to take any action to enforce such judgment, so long as the defendants are not in default under the agreement. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne and Slacker owed $2.6 million to SX under the SX Settlement Agreement. If for any reason LiveOne fails to comply with the terms of the SX Settlement Agreement, the Debentures holders may declare an event of default and at their option may immediately accelerate the Debentures debt and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the Debentures and which would then allow Capchase to declare a default under their loan agreement with LiveOne, which would materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. In the event LiveOne fails to make any payment of any principal of, or interest or premium on, any indebtedness owed to the Debentures holders, Capchase would have the right to declare a default under its loan agreement with LiveOne.
A default under the Debentures could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, LiveOne may not have sufficient funds to repay its Debentures, the Capchase Loan or make cash payments as required by such debt agreements. Furthermore, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any event of default, the Debentures holders shall have the right to, among other things, take possession of LiveOne’s, our Company’s and LiveOne’s and our respective subsidiaries’ assets and property constituting the collateral thereunder and the right to assign, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the collateral. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne was in compliance with all covenants under the Capchase Loan. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne was not in compliance with all covenants under its former senior secured line of credit. As of May 31, 2025, LiveOne was in compliance with all covenants under the Debentures and Capchase Loan as the senior secured line of credit was paid off in full with the issuance of the Debentures.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a de-listing of shares of our common stock and penny stock trading.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to meet all of the criteria necessary for Nasdaq to allow us to remain listed. If we fail to satisfy the applicable continued listing requirement and continue to be in non-compliance after notice and the applicable grace period ends, Nasdaq may commence delisting procedures against our Company (during which we may have additional time of up to six months to appeal and correct our non-compliance).
If shares of our common stock are ultimately delisted from Nasdaq, our shares of common stock would likely then trade only in the over-the-counter market and the market liquidity of our shares of common stock could be adversely affected and their market price could decrease. If our shares of common stock were to trade on the over-the-counter market, selling our shares of common stock could be more difficult because smaller quantities of shares would likely be bought and sold, transactions could be delayed, and we could face significant material adverse consequences, including: a limited availability of market quotations for our securities; reduced liquidity with respect to our securities; a determination that our shares are a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our securities to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities; a reduced amount of news and analyst coverage for our Company; and a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. These factors could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices for our shares of common stock and would substantially impair our ability to raise additional funds and could result in a loss of institutional investor interest and fewer development opportunities for us.
In addition to the foregoing, if our shares of common stock are ultimately delisted from Nasdaq and they trade on the over-the-counter market, the application of the “penny stock” rules could adversely affect the market price of our shares of common stock and increase the transaction costs to sell those shares. The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define a “penny stock” as an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. If our shares of common stock are ultimately delisted from Nasdaq and then trade on the over-the-counter market at a price of less than $5.00 per share, our shares of common stock would be considered a penny stock. The SEC’s penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document that provides information about penny stocks and the risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and the salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. In addition, the penny stock rules generally require that before a transaction in a penny stock occurs, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s agreement to the transaction. If applicable in the future, these rules may restrict the ability of brokers-dealers to sell our shares of common stock and may affect the ability of investors to sell their shares, until our shares of common stock no longer is considered a penny stock.
There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our audited financial statements included in this Annual Report that contains an explanatory paragraph regarding substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern because we have suffered recurring losses from operations. These matters raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The perception that we may not be able to continue as a going concern may have a material adverse effect on our share price and our ability to raise new capital (whether it is through the issuance of equity or debt securities or otherwise), enter into critical contractual relations with third parties and otherwise execute our business objectives.
Our ability to meet our total liabilities, as reported in the accompanying balance sheets, and to continue as a going concern, is dependent on our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing and further develop and execute on our business plan. We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. We have been profitable, however we may not be able to sustain being profitable. As a result of the going concern uncertainty, there is an increased risk that you could lose the entire amount of your investment in our company, which assumes the realization of our assets and the satisfaction of our liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If our Company and/or LiveOne is unable to continue as a going concern, we and/or LiveOne may have to liquidate our and/or its assets, and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements.
We face and will continue to face competition for ad-supported listening time.
We compete with providers of podcasts that offer an on-demand catalog of podcast content that is similar to ours. We face increasing competition from a growing variety of podcast providers that seek to differentiate their service by content offering and product features, and they may be more successful than us in predicting listener preferences, providing popular content, and innovating new features.
Our competitors include providers of internet radio, terrestrial radio, and satellite radio. Internet radio providers may offer more extensive content libraries than we offer and some may be offered internationally more broadly than our PodcastOne service. In addition, internet radio providers may leverage their existing infrastructure and content libraries, as well as their brand recognition and listener base, to augment their services by offering competing on-demand podcast features to provide listeners with more comprehensive podcast service delivery choices. Terrestrial radio providers often offer their content for free, are well-established and accessible to consumers, and offer media content that we currently do not offer. In addition, many terrestrial radio stations have begun broadcasting digital signals, which provide high-quality audio transmission. Satellite radio providers, such as SiriusXM and iHeartRadio, may offer extensive and exclusive news, comedy, sports and talk content, and national signal coverage.
We believe that companies with a combination of technical expertise, brand recognition, financial resources, and digital media experience also pose a significant threat of developing competing on-demand audio distribution technologies. In particular, if known incumbents in the digital media space such as Facebook choose to offer competing services, they may devote greater resources than we have available, have a more accelerated time frame for deployment, and leverage their existing listener base and proprietary technologies to provide services that our listeners and advertisers may view as superior. Furthermore, Amazon Music, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, iHeartMusic and others have competing podcast services, which may negatively impact our business, operating results, and financial condition. Our current and future competitors may have higher brand recognition, more established relationships with content licensors and mobile device manufacturers, greater financial, technical, and other resources, more sophisticated technologies, and/or more experience in the markets in which we compete. Our current and future competitors may also engage in mergers or acquisitions with each other, as SiriusXM and Pandora have done, or to acquire smaller podcasting services, such as Spotify has done, to combine and leverage their audiences. Our current and future competitors may innovate new features or introduce new ways of consuming or engaging with content that cause our listeners, especially the younger demographic, to switch to another product, which would negatively affect our listener retention, growth, and engagement. In addition, Apple and Google also own application store platforms and are charging in-application purchase fees, which are not being levied on their own applications, thus creating a competitive advantage for themselves against us. If other competitors that own application store platforms and competitive services adopt similar practices, we may be similarly impacted. As the market for on-demand audio on the internet and mobile and connected devices increases, new competitors, business models, and solutions are likely to emerge.
We also compete for listeners based on our presence and visibility as compared with other businesses and platforms that deliver audio content through the internet and connected devices. We face significant competition for listeners from companies promoting their own digital audio content online or through application stores, including several large, well-funded, and seasoned participants in the digital media market. Device application stores often offer listeners the ability to browse applications by various criteria, such as the number of downloads in a given time period, the length of time since an application was released or updated, or the category in which the application is placed. The websites and applications of our competitors may rank higher than our website and our PodcastOne application, and our application may be difficult to locate in device application stores, which could draw potential listeners away from our service and toward those of our competitors. If we are unable to compete successfully for listeners against other digital media providers by maintaining and increasing our presence, ease of use, and visibility online, on devices, and in application stores, our number of premium subscribers, ad-supported users, and the amount of content streamed on our service may fail to increase or may decline and our subscription fees and advertising sales may suffer.
We compete for a share of advertisers’ overall marketing budgets with other content providers on a variety of factors, including perceived return on investment, effectiveness and relevance of our advertising products, pricing structure, and ability to deliver large volumes or precise types of advertisements to targeted listener demographic pools. We also compete for advertisers with a range of internet companies, including major internet portals, search engine companies, social media sites, and mobile applications, as well as traditional advertising channels such as terrestrial radio and television.
Large internet companies with strong brand recognition, such as Facebook, Google, Amazon, and Twitter, have significant numbers of sales personnel, substantial advertising inventory, proprietary advertising technology solutions, and traffic across web, mobile, and connected devices that provide a significant competitive advantage and have a significant impact on pricing for reaching these listener bases. Failure to compete successfully against our current or future competitors could result in the loss of current or potential advertisers, a reduced share of our advertisers’ overall marketing budget, the loss of existing or potential listeners, or diminished brand strength, which could adversely affect our pricing and margins, lower our revenue, increase our research and development and marketing expenses, and prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability.
Our business is dependent upon the performance of our podcasts and their talent.
We independently contract with podcasts and talent with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our key podcast hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these persons will remain with us, will be able to continue to provide podcasting services, will retain their audiences or will continue to be profitable. Competition for these podcasts and talent is intense and certain of these talent and podcasts are under no legal obligation to remain with us after the expiration of their podcast license agreements. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these podcasts and/or talent on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key podcasts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract local and/or national advertisers and on our revenue and/or ratings, and could result in increased expenses.
Significant up-front and/or minimum guarantees required under certain of our podcast license agreements may limit our operating flexibility and may adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Certain of our podcast license agreements contain significant up-front and/or require that we make minimum guarantee payments (“MGs”). In addition, in order to secure top podcasts and/or renew top performing podcasts, we may be required to fund significant MGs payment requirements. While some MGs are recoupable by us as a direct cost before we share any revenue with the underlying partners, some MGs related to our content acquisition costs are not always tied to our revenue and/or audience growth forecasts (e.g., number of listeners, downloads, YouTube viewers, social media followers), or the number of podcasts distributed our service. We may also be subject to MGs to rights holders with respect to certain strategic partnerships we enter into that may not produce all of the expected benefits. Accordingly, our ability to achieve and sustain profitability and operating leverage on our service in part depends on our ability to increase our revenue through increased advertising sales on terms that maintain an adequate gross margin. The duration of our license agreements for podcast content that contain MGs is frequently between one and two years. If our forecasts of user acquisition or retention do not meet our expectations or advertising sales decline significantly during the term of our license agreements, our margins may be materially and adversely affected. To the extent our advertising sales do not meet our expectations, our business, operating results, and financial condition could also be adversely affected as a result of such MGs. In addition, the fixed cost nature of these MGs may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the market segments in which we operate.
We rely on estimates of the market share of streamed and/or downloaded content by the provider, as well as our own user growth and forecasted advertising revenue, to forecast whether such MGs could be recouped against our actual content acquisition costs incurred over the duration of the license agreement. To the extent that this revenue and/or market share estimates underperform relative to our expectations, leading to content acquisition costs that do not exceed such MGs, our margins may be materially and adversely affected.
If we fail to increase the number of listeners consuming our podcast content, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
The size of our listener base consuming our podcast content is critical to our success, and we will need to develop and grow our listener base to be successful. We currently generate substantially all of our revenue from advertising and sponsorship, which is dependent on the number of listeners consuming our podcast content that we attract. For example, if we are unable to retain and attract listeners consuming our podcast content, we may be unable to maintain or increase the frequency of listeners’ engagement with our platform and our podcasts. In addition, if listeners do not perceive our content as original, entertaining or engaging, we may not be able to attract advertising and sponsorship opportunities and/or increase the resulting frequency of listeners’ engagement with our platform and content. If we are unable to retain and attract listeners, our network and services could also be less attractive to potential new advertisers, sponsors and listeners, as well as to podcasts and podcasting talent, which could have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenue and operating results are highly dependent on the overall demand for advertising. Factors that affect the amount of advertising spending, such as economic downturns, can make it difficult to predict our revenue and could adversely affect our business.
Our business depends on the overall demand for advertising and on the economic health of our current and prospective advertisers. If advertisers reduce their overall advertising spending, our revenue and results of operations are directly affected. Many advertisers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing, and buyers may spend more in the fourth quarter for budget reasons. As a result, if any events occur to reduce the amount of advertising spending during the fourth quarter, or reduce the amount of inventory available to advertisers during that period, it could have a disproportionate adverse effect on our revenue and operating results for that fiscal year. Economic downturns or instability in political or market conditions generally may cause current or new advertisers to reduce their advertising budgets. Adverse economic conditions and general uncertainty about economic prospects in the future are likely to affect our business prospects. In particular, uncertainty regarding the general business conditions in the United States and globally and if such economies deteriorate or become volatile could cause advertisers to delay, decrease or cancel ad purchases. Moreover, any changes in the favorable tax treatment of advertising expenses and the deductibility thereof would likely cause a reduction in advertising demand. In addition, continued geopolitical turmoil in many parts of the world have and may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions, which could lead to reduced spending on advertising.
Expansion of our operations to deliver additional podcasts subjects us to increased business, legal, financial, reputational, and competitive risks.
Expansion of our operations to deliver additional podcasts and other non-music content involves numerous risks and challenges, including increased capital requirements, new competitors, and the need to develop new strategic relationships. Growth in these areas may require additional changes to our existing business model and cost structure, modifications to our infrastructure, and exposure to new regulatory, legal and reputational risks, including infringement liability, any of which may require additional expertise that we currently do not have. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue from podcasts or other non-music content to offset the costs of creating or acquiring this content. Failure to successfully monetize and generate revenues from such content, including failure to obtain or retain rights to podcasts or other non-music content on acceptable terms, or at all, or to effectively manage the numerous risks and challenges associated with such expansion could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
In addition, we enter into multi-year commitments for original content that we produce or commission. Given the multiple-year duration and largely fixed cost nature of such commitments, if our user growth and retention do not meet our expectations, our margins may be adversely impacted. Payment terms for certain content that we produce or commission will typically require more upfront cash payments than other content licenses or arrangements whereby we may not pay for the production of such content. To the extent our user and/or revenue growth do not meet our expectations, our liquidity and results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of such content commitments. The long-term and fixed cost nature of certain content commitments may also limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business, as well as our ability to adjust our content offering if our users do not react favorably to the content we produce. Any such event could adversely impact our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Increases in the costs in relation to podcast content creators, such as higher podcast MGs and/or talent revenue share compensation and costs of discovering and cultivating a top podcast content creator, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend upon podcast content creators to continuously provide a large variety of high-quality content on our platform, which is a key factor of engaging and satisfactory user experience that ensures long-term user stickiness. We compete with other audio platforms for active, popular or celebrity content creators. To attract and retain top content creators and maintain the high level of content quality, we enter into contracts with our podcast content creators under which such creators are usually paid a certain percentage of the ad sales and other revenue that we generate related to their podcast. The compensation to a top podcast content creator may increase as the competition intensifies. If our content creators become too costly, we will not be able to produce high quality content at commercially acceptable costs. If our competitors’ platforms offer higher revenue sharing percentage with an intent to attract our popular podcast content creators, costs to retain such content creators may increase. Furthermore, as our business and user base further expand, we may have to devote more resources in encouraging our podcast content creators to produce content that meets the evolving interests of a diverse user base, which would increase the costs of content on our platform. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenues that outpace our increased costs in relation to content creators, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We use third-party services and technologies in connection with our business, and any disruption to the provision of these services and technologies to us could result in adverse publicity and a slowdown in the growth of our users, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business depends upon services provided by, and relationships with, third parties. We currently engage third-party service providers in certain areas of our operations such as monitoring of its podcasts. If such third-party service providers fail to detect the illegal or inappropriate activities or content in our podcasts, we may be subject to regulator’s disapproval or penalties as well as adverse media exposure which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, some third-party software we use in our operations is currently publicly available without charge. If the owner of any such software decides to make claims against us, charge users, or no longer makes the software publicly available, we may need to enter into settlement with such owners, incur significant cost to license the software, find replacement software or develop it on our own. If we are unable to find or develop replacement software at a reasonable cost, or at all, our business and operations may be adversely affected.
Our overall network relies on bandwidth connections provided by third-party operators and we expect this dependence on third parties to continue. The networks maintained and services provided by such third parties are vulnerable to damage or interruption, which could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also depend on the third-party online payment systems for sales of our products and services. If any of these third-party online payment systems suffer from security breaches, users may lose confidence in such payment systems and refrain from purchasing our virtual gifts online, in which case our results of operations would be negatively impacted.
We exercise no control over the third-parties with whom we have business arrangements. For some of services and technologies such as online payment systems, we rely on a limited number of third-party providers with limited access to alternative networks or services in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems. If such third-parties increase their prices, fail to provide their services effectively, terminate their service or agreements or discontinue their relationships with us, we could suffer service interruptions, reduced revenues or increased costs, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenue model also depends in part on high impression volumes, the growth of which may not be sustained.
We generate revenue by charging a CPM based on the volume of purchased digital ads that we measure on behalf of these customers. If the volume of impressions we measure does not continue to grow or decreases for any reason, our business will suffer. For example, if digital ad spending remains constant and our advertiser customers transition to higher CPM ad inventory, overall impression volumes may decrease, which may result in fewer impressions for us to verify and a corresponding decline in our revenues. We cannot assure you that growth in volume of impressions will be sustained. If our customers adjust their buying patterns or alter their preference to higher CPM ad inventory, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed.
Our advertising sales depend on how our listener data is collected and how advertisers select their ad listener targeting in the future.
Our advertising sales depend on how our listener data is collected and how advertisers select their ad listener targeting in the future. Advertiser spending varies based on their desire to target certain categories of listeners and supporting listener data. If our advertisers determine to target different listeners or shift their ad spending towards different listener categories, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed.
Our ability to attract and retain users is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes in content providers and technology.
Our ability to attract and retain audiences is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes in content providers and technology and is dependent on our ability to maintain the attractiveness of our platform, content, technology and reputation as a place where quality original content can be accessed and distributed. We will rely on the popularity of our Content Providers and the quality of their respective content to retain audiences, secure sponsorships and to facilitate growth in revenue from advertising. Maintaining the popularity of our content will be challenging, and our relationship with listeners and viewers could be harmed for many reasons, including the quality and diversity of our online content. For example, if users do not perceive our platform and services to be original, entertaining, engaging, useful, reliable or trustworthy, we may be unable to attract and retain users to our content and/or increase the frequency of users’ engagement with our talent and programs. There is no guarantee that we will not experience a similar erosion of our user base. If our platform or content becomes less popular with fans, our growth strategy would be harmed, which could in turn harm our business and financial results.
Our ability to attract and retain users depends upon many additional factors both within and beyond our control. In addition to the popularity of our content, we believe that our ability to attract and retain users depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:
●
the popularity, usefulness, ease of use, performance and reliability of our podcasts, compared to those of our competitors;
●
our ability to attract new listeners and YouTube viewers;
●
the timing and market acceptance of our podcasts, platform and services, which includes the PodcastOne distribution network;
●
the frequency and relative prominence of the ads displayed by us or our competitors;
●
our ability to establish and maintain relationships with our podcasters to provide new content for our network;
●
changes mandated by, or that we elect to make to address, legislation, regulatory authorities or litigation, including settlements and consent decrees, some of which may have a disproportionate effect on us;
●
retain and motivate talented employees, particularly engineers, producers and platform content managers;
●
fluctuations in costs of content which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our users;
●
competitors’ offerings that may include more favorable terms than we offer in order to obtain agreements for new content arrangements;
●
investments in new products, features, and functionality;
●
technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive entertainment alternatives than we or other live streamed entertainment providers currently offer;
●
acquisitions or consolidation within our industry, which may result in more formidable competitors;
●
general administration, including legal, accounting, and other expenses;
●
awareness of our reputation and the brand on a global basis; strength relative to our competitors;
●
our ability to cross-promote internally, by leveraging our network of podcasts, and externally, due to our in-depth relationship, with competitors; and
●
utilize talent booking to enable cross platform promotion through guest appearances.
If we are unable to attract and retain new audiences and/or ensure that our user acquisition cost does not exceed our user life-time value, any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Emerging industry trends in digital advertising may pose challenges for our ability to forecast or optimize our advertising inventory, which may adversely impact our ad-supported revenue.
The digital advertising industry is introducing new ways to measure and price advertising inventory. For example, a significant portion of advertisers are in the process of moving from purchasing advertisement impressions based on the number of advertisements served by the applicable ad server to a new “attribution-based, data driven model (based on tracking pixels) for select products and brand awareness. In the absence of a uniform industry standard, agencies and advertisers have adopted several different measurement methodologies and standards. In addition, measurement services may require technological integrations, which are still being evaluated by the advertising industry without an agreed-upon industry standard metric. As these trends in the industry continue to evolve, our advertising revenue may be adversely affected by the availability, accuracy, and utility of the available analytics and measurement technologies as well as our ability to successfully implement and operationalize such technologies and standards.
Further, the digital advertising industry is shifting to data-driven technologies and advertising products, such as automated buying. These data-driven advertising products and automated buying technologies allow publishers and advertisers to use data to target advertising toward specific groups of listeners who are more likely to be interested in the advertising message delivered to them. These advertising products and programmatic technologies are currently more developed in terms of advertising technology and industry adoption on the web than they are on mobile or on other software applications, and may not integrate with our desktop software version of the ad-supported services. Because the majority of our ad-supported listener hours occur on mobile devices, if we are unable to deploy effective solutions to monetize the mobile device usage by our ad-supported listener base, our ability to attract advertising spend, and ultimately our advertising revenue, may be adversely affected by this shift. In addition, we rely on third-party advertising technology platforms to participate in automated buying, and if these platforms cease to operate or experience instability in their business models, it also may adversely affect our ability to capture advertising spend.
We are a party to many content acquisition and other license agreements that are complex and impose numerous obligations upon us which may make it difficult to operate our business, and a breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Many of our content acquisition and other license agreements are complex and impose numerous obligations on us, including obligations to, among other things:
●
calculate and make payments based on complex participation structures, which requires tracking usage of content on our service that may have inaccurate or incomplete metadata necessary for such calculation;
●
provide periodic reports on the exploitation of the content in specified formats;
●
provide advertising inventory;
●
comply with certain broadcasting limitations and restrictions;
●
comply with certain marketing and advertising restrictions; and
●
comply with certain security and technical specifications.
Some of our content acquisition and other license agreements grant the licensor the right to audit our compliance with the terms and conditions of such agreements. In addition, some of our content acquisition and other license agreements require consent to undertake certain business initiatives and without such consent, our ability to undertake new business initiatives may be limited. This could hurt our competitive position.
If we materially breach any of these obligations or any other obligations set forth in any of our content acquisition and other license agreements, or if we use content in ways that are found to exceed the scope of such agreements, we could be subject to monetary penalties and our rights under such license agreements could be terminated, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We may enter into settlement agreements in the future requiring us to make substantial payments as a result of claims that we are in breach of certain provisions in, or have exceeded the scope of, our content acquisition and other license agreements.
We face competition for users’ attention and time.
The market for entertainment video and radio content is intensively competitive and subject to rapid change. We compete against other entertainment video and radio providers, such as (i) interactive on-demand audio content and pre-recorded entertainment, (ii) broadcast radio providers, including terrestrial and Internet radio providers, (iii) cable, satellite and Internet television and movie content providers, and (iv) other sources of entertainment for our users’ attention and time. These content and service providers pose a competitive threat to the extent existing or potential users choose to consume their content or use their services rather than our content or our services. The online marketplace for content providers may rapidly evolve and provide users with a number of alternatives or new access models, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face intense competition from competitors, and we may not be able to increase our revenues, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The podcast streaming industry is highly competitive. The podcast streaming industry competes with other forms of entertainment for consumers’ discretionary spending, and within this industry we compete with other platforms to secure rights to content. In the markets in which we promote our streaming podcasts, we face competition from other promoters and streaming operators. These competitors may engage in more extensive development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to existing and potential artists. Our competitors may also develop services, advertising options or podcast platforms that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share.
Our current and future competitors may have more well-established brand recognition, more established relationships with, and superior access to, Content Providers and other Industry Stakeholders, greater financial, technical and other resources, more sophisticated technologies or more experience in the markets in which we compete. These competitors may also compete with us for key employees and other individual service providers who have relationships with popular Content Providers and that have a history of being able to book such guests or secure the rights to stream their content. If we are unable to compete successfully for users against other providers by maintaining and increasing our presence and visibility, the number of users of our network may fail to increase as expected or decline and our advertising sales, subscription fees and other revenue streams will suffer.
Our new platform features, services and initiatives, changes to existing features, services and initiatives could fail to attract users, content partners, advertisers and platform partners or generate revenue.
Our new platform features, services and initiatives and changes to existing features, services and initiatives could fail to attract users, content partners, advertisers and platform partners or generate revenue. Our industry is subject to rapid and frequent changes in technology, evolving customer needs and the frequent introduction by our competitors of new and enhanced offerings. We must constantly assess the playing field and determine whether we need to improve or re-allocate resources amongst our existing platform features and services or create new products (independently or in conjunction with third parties). Our ability to increase the size and engagement of our user base, attract content partners, advertisers and platform partners and generate revenue will depend on those decisions. We may introduce significant changes to our existing platform and services or develop and introduce new and unproven products and services, including technologies with which we have little or no prior development or operating experience. If new or enhanced platform features or services fail to engage users, content partners and advertisers, we may fail to attract or retain users or to generate sufficient revenue or operating profit to justify our investments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
We face significant competition for advertiser and sponsorship spend.
We face significant competition for advertiser spend. Substantially all of our revenue to date is generated through advertising within our podcast episodes. We compete against online and mobile businesses, including those referenced above, and radio, for advertising budgets. We also compete with advertising networks, exchanges, demand side platforms and other platforms, such as Google AdSense, DoubleClick Ad Exchange, Oath advertising platform and Microsoft Media Network, for marketing budgets and in the development of the tools and systems for managing and optimizing advertising campaigns. PodcastOne competes with platforms, such as Apple Podcasts, Spotify, SiriusXM Satellite Radio, YouTube, and Amazon Prime that provide interactive on-demand audio content and pre-recorded entertainment. In order to grow our revenues and improve our operating results, we will need to increase our share of spending on advertising relative to our competitors, many of which are larger companies that offer more traditional and widely accepted advertising products. In addition, some of our larger competitors have substantially broader product or service offerings and leverage their relationships based on other products or services to gain additional share of advertising budgets. If we are not able to compete effectively for users and advertisers spend, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
The third-party services and software that we use are highly technical and may contain undetected software bugs or vulnerabilities, which could manifest in ways that could seriously harm our reputation and our business.
The third-party services and software that we use are highly technical and complex. The tech solutions that we use or may introduce in the future, may contain undetected software bugs, hardware errors, and other vulnerabilities. These bugs and errors can manifest in any number of ways in our products, including through diminished performance, security vulnerabilities, malfunctions, or even permanently disabled products. Our tech providers have a practice of updating their tech solutions and software and some errors in their technology and software may be discovered only after a product has been used by listeners, and may in some cases be detected only under certain circumstances or after extended use. Any errors, bugs or other vulnerabilities discovered in the underlying code or backend after release could damage our reputation, drive away listeners, allow third parties to manipulate or exploit our software, lower revenue and expose us to claims for damages, any of which could seriously harm our business. Additionally, errors, bugs, or other vulnerabilities may-either directly or if exploited by third parties-affect our ability to make accurate royalty payments.
We also could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and seriously harm our reputation and our business. In addition, if our liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business could be seriously harmed.
We rely upon the Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) to operate certain aspects of our business and to store certain data, and any disruption of or interference with our use of the AWS could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
AWS provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We rely upon the AWS to operate certain aspects of our business and to store certain data. We may not be able to easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, and any disruption of, or interference with, our use of AWS could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Interruptions, delays or discontinuations in service arising from our own systems or from third parties could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.
We rely on systems housed in our own facilities and upon third parties, including bandwidth providers and third-party “cloud” data storage services, to enable our users to receive our content in a dependable, timely, and efficient manner. We have experienced and may in the future experience periodic service interruptions and delays involving our own systems and those of third parties that we work with. Both our own facilities and those of third parties are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, and similar events. They also are subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, the failure of physical, administrative, technical, and cyber security measures, terrorist acts, natural disasters, human error, the financial insolvency of third parties that we work with, and other unanticipated problems or events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions in our services and to unauthorized access to, or alteration of, the content and data contained on our systems and that these third parties store and deliver on our behalf.
Any disruption in the services provided by these third parties could materially adversely impact our business reputation, customer relations, and operating results. Upon expiration or termination of any of our agreements with third parties, we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one third party to another could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete.
We rely upon the Google Cloud Platform to operate certain aspects of our business and to store certain data, and any disruption of or interference with our use of the Google Cloud Platform could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Google Cloud Platform (“GCP”) provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have designed our software and computer systems to utilize data processing, storage capabilities, and other services provided by GCP. Currently, we are in the process of transitioning all of our data storage (including personal data of users and content data licensed from rights holders) and computing from our own servers to GCP. We cannot easily switch our GCP operations to another cloud provider, and any disruption of, or interference with, our use of GCP could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. While the consumer side of Google competes with us, we do not believe that Google will use the GCP operation in such a manner as to gain competitive advantage against our Service. Subsequent to year end, we entered into a new service agreement with Google for the use of GCP.
If we are unable to increase revenue from our services on mobile devices, such as smartphones, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Our business model with respect to monetization of our services on mobile and connected devices is still evolving. As users migrate away from personal computers, there is increasing pressure to monetize mobile. In all markets, we offer our ad-supported services on mobile, from which we generate advertising revenue. If we are unable to effectively monetize our services on mobile and connected devices, our business, operating results and financial condition may suffer.
Negative media coverage could adversely affect our business.
We receive important media coverage across the United States. Unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, payments to talent, publishers, artists and other copyright owners, our privacy practices, terms of service, service changes, service quality, litigation or regulatory activity, government surveillance, the actions of our advertisers, the actions of our developers whose services are integrated with our services, the use of our services for illicit, objectionable or illegal ends, the quality and integrity of content streamed on our services or the actions of other companies that provide similar services to us, could materially adversely affect our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement and loyalty of our listener base and result in decreased revenue, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our business depends on a strong brand, and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of ad-supported users, premium subscribers and advertisers.
We have developed a strong “PodcastOne” brand that we believe contributes and will contribute significantly to the success of our business. Maintaining, protecting and enhancing the “PodcastOne” brand is critical to expanding our listener base and advertisers, and will depend largely on our ability to continue to develop and provide an innovative and high-quality experience for our listeners and to attract advertisers, content owners, mobile device manufacturers, and other consumer electronic product manufacturers to work with us, which we may not do successfully. If we do not successfully maintain a strong brand, our business could be harmed.
Our brand may be impaired by a number of other factors, including any failure to keep pace with technological advances on our platform or with our services, slower load times for our services, a decline in the quality or quantity of the content available on our services, a failure to protect our intellectual property rights or any alleged violations of law, regulations, or public policy. Additionally, the actions of our developers, advertisers, and content partners may affect our brand if listeners do not have a positive experience using third-party applications or websites integrated with us or that make use of our content. Further, if our partners fail to maintain high standards for products that are integrated into our services, fail to display our trademarks on their products in breach of our agreements with them, or use our trademarks incorrectly or in an unauthorized manner, or if we partner with manufacturers of products that our listeners reject, the strength of our brand could be adversely affected.
We have historically been required to spend significant resources to establish and maintain our brand. If we are unable to maintain the growth rate in the number of our listener base, we may be required to expend greater resources on advertising, marketing and other brand-building efforts to preserve and grow consumer awareness of our brand, which would adversely affect our operating results and may not be effective.
Our trademarks, trade dress and other designations of origin are important elements of our brand. We have registered “PodcastOne” as a trademark in the United States. Nevertheless, competitors or other companies may adopt marks similar to ours, or use our marks and confusingly similar terms as keywords in Internet search engine advertising programs, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to confusion among our listeners. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications, even for key marks, will be approved. We may face opposition from third parties to our applications to register key trademarks in foreign jurisdictions in which we have expanded or may expand our presence. If we are unsuccessful in defending against these oppositions, our trademark applications may be denied. Whether or not our trademark applications are denied, third parties may claim that our trademarks infringe upon their rights. As a result, we could be forced to pay significant settlement costs or cease the use of these trademarks and associated elements of our brand in those or other jurisdictions. Doing so could harm our brand or brand recognition and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
Our business emphasizes rapid innovation and prioritizes long-term user engagement over short-term financial condition or results of operations. That strategy may yield results that sometimes do not align with the market’s expectations. If that happens, our stock price may be negatively affected.
As our business grows and becomes more complex, our success will depend on our ability to quickly develop and launch new and innovative products. We believe our culture fosters this goal. Our focus on complexity and quick reactions could result in unintended outcomes or decisions that are poorly received by our users, advertisers, or partners. Our culture also prioritizes our long-term user engagement over short-term financial condition or results of operations. We frequently make decisions that may reduce our short-term revenue or profitability if we believe that the decisions benefit the aggregate user experience and will thereby improve our financial performance over the long-term. These decisions may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case, our user growth and engagement, our relationships with advertisers and partners, as well as our business, operating results, and financial condition could be seriously harmed.
Podcast streaming depends on effectively working with third-party platforms, operating systems, online platforms, hardware, networks, regulations, and standards we do not control. Changes in our services or those operating systems, hardware, networks, regulations, or standards, and our limitations on our ability to access those platforms, operating systems, hardware or networks may seriously harm our business.
Our services require high-bandwidth data capabilities. If the costs of data usage increase or access to data networks is limited, our business may be seriously harmed. Additionally, to deliver high-quality audio, video, and other content over networks, our services must work well with a range of technologies, systems, networks, regulations and standards that we do not control. In addition, the adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity, or use of the Internet, including laws governing Internet neutrality, could decrease the demand for our Service and increase our cost of doing business. Previously, Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) “open Internet rules” prohibited mobile providers in the United States from impeding access to most content, or otherwise unfairly discriminating against Content Providers like us. These rules also prohibited mobile providers from entering into arrangements with specific Content Providers for faster or better access over their data networks. However, on December 14, 2017, the FCC voted to repeal the “open Internet rules” and as a result, broadband services are now subject to less U.S. federal regulation. A number of parties have already stated they would appeal this order, and it Is possible United States Congress may adopt legislation restoring some of the “open Internet rules.” If, as a result of the repeal of “open Internet rules,” broadband providers in the United States decrease access to certain content, start entering into arrangements with specific Content Providers for faster or better access over their data networks, or otherwise unfairly discriminate against Content Providers like us, this could increase our cost of doing business and put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to larger competitors. Additionally, mobile providers may be able to limit our users’ ability to access our platforms or make them a less attractive alternative to our competitors’ applications. If that occurs, our business, operating results and financial condition would be seriously harmed.
The European Union (the “EU”) currently requires equal access to Internet content. Additionally, as part of its Digital Single Market initiative, the EU may impose network security, disability access, or 911-like obligations on “over-the-top” services such as those provided by us, which could increase our costs. If the EU or the courts modify these open Internet rules, mobile providers may be able to limit our users’ ability to access our platforms or make them a less attractive alternative to our competitors’ applications. If that occurs, our business, operating results and financial condition would be seriously harmed.
We rely on a variety of operating systems, online platforms, hardware, and networks to reach our customers. These platforms range from desktop and mobile operating systems and application stores to wearables and intelligent voice assistants. The owners or operators of these platforms may not share our interests and may restrict our access to them or place conditions on access that would materially affect our ability to access those platforms. In particular, where the owner of a platform is also our direct competitor, the platform may attempt to use this position to affect our access to customers and ability to compete. For example, an online platform might arbitrarily remove our services from its platform, deprive us of access to business-critical data, or engage in other harmful practices. Online platforms also may unilaterally impose certain requirements that negatively affect our ability to convert users to the premium service, such as conditions that limit our freedom to communicate promotions and offers to our users. Similarly, online platforms may force us to use the platform’s payment processing systems which may be inferior to and more costly than other payment processing services available in the market.
Online platforms frequently change the rules and requirements for services like ours to access the platform, and such changes may adversely affect the success or desirability of our services. Online platforms may limit our access to information about users, limiting our ability to convert and retain them. Online platforms also may deny access to application programming interfaces (“API”) or documentation, limiting functionality of our services on the platform.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the requirements of those operating systems, online platforms, hardware, networks, regulations and standards on which our services depend, and failure to do so could result in serious harm to our business.
If our security systems are breached, we may face civil liability, and public perception of our security measures could be diminished, either of which would negatively affect our ability to attract and retain, ad-supported users, advertisers, Content Providers and other business partners.
Techniques used to gain unauthorized access to data and software are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to data pertaining to our users, including credit card and debit card information and other personal data about our Users, business partners, and employees. Like all Internet services, our services, which are supported by our own systems and those of third parties that we work with, is vulnerable to software bugs, computer viruses, Internet worms, break-ins, phishing attacks, attempts to overload servers with denial-of-service, or other attacks and similar disruptions from unauthorized use of our and third-party computer systems, any of which could lead to system interruptions, delays, or shutdowns, causing loss of critical data or the unauthorized access to personal data. Computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent in our industry, have occurred on our systems in the past, and may occur on our systems in the future. As our business and brand reputation grow, we may become a particularly attractive target for such attacks. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security, and availability of our products and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our users may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing users and attract new users. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect our data and user data, to prevent data loss, to disable undesirable accounts and activities on our platform, and to prevent or detect security breaches, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security, and we may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyber-attacks.
In addition, if an actual or perceived breach of security occurs to our systems or a third party’s systems, we may face regulatory or civil liability and public perception of our security measures could be diminished, either of which would negatively affect our ability to attract and retain Users, which in turn would harm our efforts to attract and retain advertisers, Content Providers and other business partners. We also would be required to expend significant resources to mitigate the breach of security and to address matters related to any such breach. We also may be required to notify regulators about any actual or perceived personal data breach (including the EU Lead Data Protection Authority) as well as the individuals who are affected by the incident within strict time periods.
Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to maintain the security of data relating to our users, to comply with our posted privacy policy, laws and regulations, rules of self-regulatory organizations, industry standards, and contractual provisions to which we may be bound, could result in the loss of confidence in us, or result in actions against us by governmental entities or others, all of which could result in litigation and financial losses, and could potentially cause us to lose Users, advertisers, and revenues. In Europe, European Data Protection Authorities could impose fines and penalties of up to 4% of annual global turnover or €20 million, whichever is higher, for a personal data breach.
We are at risk of attempts at unauthorized access to our services, and failure to effectively prevent and remediate such attempts could have an adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Unauthorized access to our services may cause us to misstate key performance indicators, which once discovered, corrected, and disclosed, could undermine investor confidence in the integrity of our key performance indicators and could cause our stock price to drop significantly.
We have in the past been, and continue to be, impacted by attempts by third parties to manipulate and exploit our software for the purpose of gaining unauthorized access to our service. For example, we have detected instances of third parties seeking to provide mobile device users a means to suppress advertisements without payment and gain access to features only available to the ad-supported services. If in the future we fail to successfully detect and address such issues, it may have artificial effects on our key performance indicators, such as content hours, content hours per listener, which underlie, among other things, our contractual obligations with advertisers, as well as harm our relationship with them. This may impact our results of operations, particularly with respect to margins on our ad-supported segment, by increasing our ad-supported cost of sales without a corresponding increase to our ad-supported revenue, which could seriously harm our business.
We are at risk of artificial manipulation of stream and download counts and failure to effectively manage and remediate such fraudulent streams could have an adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Fraudulent streams may cause us to overstate key performance indicators, which once discovered, corrected and disclosed, could undermine investor confidence in the integrity of our key performance indicators and could cause our stock price to drop significantly.
We have in the past been, and continue to be, impacted by attempts by third parties to artificially manipulate stream counts. Such attempts may, for example, be designed to influence placement of content on PodcastOne podcasts. For example, an individual might generate fake listeners to listen to podcasts, thereby increasing their visibility on our or third-party charts. We use a combination of algorithms and manual review by employees to detect fraudulent streams. However, we may not be successful in detecting, removing and addressing all fraudulent streams (and any related user accounts). If in the future we fail to successfully detect, remove and address fraudulent streams and fake listeners, it may result in the manipulation of our data, including the key performance indicators which underlie, among other things, our contractual obligations with advertisers (which could expose us to the risk of litigation), as well as harm our relationships with advertisers and rights holders. In addition, once we detect, correct and disclose fraudulent streams and fake listeners and the key performance indicators they affect, investor confidence in the integrity of our key performance indicators could be undermined. These could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our listener metrics and other estimates are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in those metrics may seriously harm and negatively affect our reputation and our business.
We regularly review key metrics related to the operation of our business to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance and make strategic decisions. These metrics are calculated using internal company data and have not been validated by an independent third party. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates of our listener base for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring how our services are used across large populations globally. Errors or inaccuracies in our metrics or data could result in incorrect business decisions and inefficiencies.
In addition, advertisers generally rely on third-party measurement services to calculate our metrics, and these third-party measurement services may not reflect our true audience. Some of our demographic data also may be incomplete or inaccurate because listeners self-report their names and dates of birth. Consequently, the personal data we have may differ from our listeners’ actual names and ages. If advertisers, partners, or investors do not perceive our listener, geographic or other demographic metrics to be accurate representations of our listener base, or if we discover material inaccuracies in our listener, geographic or other demographic metrics, our reputation may be seriously harmed, which could have an adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Our business is subject to a variety of laws around the world. Government regulation of the Internet is evolving and any changes in government regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business or other unfavorable developments may adversely affect our business, operating result, and financial condition.
We are a U.S.-based company that is registered under the laws of the State of Delaware, and with operations in certain countries and territories around the world. As a result of the scope of our operations, we are subject to a variety of laws in different countries. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting. It also is likely that if our business grows and evolves and our solutions are used more globally, we will become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict how existing laws will be applied to our business and the new laws to which we may become subject.
We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specific to the Internet. Such laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, labor, advertising and marketing, real estate, taxation, user privacy, data collection and protection, intellectual property, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, foreign exchange controls, antitrust and competition, electronic contracts, telecommunications, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, consumer protections, broadband Internet access and content restrictions. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction in which we are subject to regulation, as existing laws and regulations governing issues such as intellectual property, privacy, taxation, and consumer protection, among others, are constantly changing. The adoption or modification of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could limit or otherwise adversely affect the manner in which we currently conduct our business. For example, certain jurisdictions have implemented or are contemplating implementing laws which may negatively impact our automatic renewal structure or our free or discounted trial incentives. Further, compliance with laws, regulations, and other requirements imposed upon our business may be onerous and expensive, and they may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business.
Moreover, as Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by U.S. federal and state agencies and other international regulators becomes more likely and may lead to more stringent consumer protection laws, which may impose additional burdens on us. The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the popularity or growth in use of the Internet, including laws limiting Internet neutrality, could decrease user demand for our services and increase our cost of doing business. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, also could hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs, and result in additional historical or future liabilities for us, resulting in material adverse impacts on our business, operating results and financial condition.
We plan to expand into international markets in the 2026 fiscal year, which would subject us to risks associated with the legislative, judicial, accounting, regulatory, political and economic risks and conditions specific to such markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We intend to expand the international presence of our platform into various jurisdictions abroad by offering our platform directly to international users, as well as through joint ventures and partnerships. Accordingly, we expect to face additional risks in the case of our future international operations, including:
●
political instability, adverse changes in diplomatic relations and unfavorable economic and business conditions in the markets in which we plan to have international operations or into which we may expand, particularly in the case of emerging markets;
●
more restrictive or otherwise unfavorable government regulation of the podcasting and content broadcasting industries, which could result in increased compliance costs and/or otherwise restrict the manner in which we provide services and the amount of related fees charged for such services;
●
limitations on the enforcement of our intellectual property rights;
●
limitations on the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to repatriate profits or otherwise remit earnings;
●
adverse tax consequences due both to the complexity of operating across multiple tax regimes as well as changes in, or new interpretations of, international tax treaties and structures;
●
diminished ability to legally enforce our contractual rights in foreign countries;
●
limitations on technology infrastructure, which could limit our ability to migrate international operations to a common platform;
●
lower levels of internet usage and advertiser spending in comparison to those in the United States;
●
difficulties in managing operations and adapting to consumer desires due to distance, language and cultural differences, including issues associated with (i) business practices and customs that are common in certain foreign countries but might be prohibited by United States law and our internal policies and procedures, and (ii) management and operational systems and infrastructures, including internal financial control and reporting systems and functions, staffing and managing of foreign operations, which we might not be able to do effectively or cost-efficiently; and
●
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies.
As we hope to expand into new markets these risks will be intensified and will have the potential to impact a greater percentage of our business and operating results. Our ability to expand our operations into new international jurisdictions will depend, in significant part, on our ability to identify potential acquisition candidates, joint venture or other partners, and enter into arrangements with these parties on favorable terms, as well as our ability to make continued investments to maintain and grow existing international operations. If the revenue generated by international operations is insufficient to offset expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance and growth of these operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, in an effort to make international operations in one or more given jurisdictions profitable over the long term, significant additional investments that are not profitable over the short term could be required over a prolonged period.
In foreign countries in which we operate, a risk exists that our employees, contractors or agents could, in contravention of our policies, engage in business practices prohibited by applicable United States laws and regulations, such as the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as the laws and regulations of other countries prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials such as the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010. We maintain policies prohibiting such business practices. Nevertheless, the risk remains that one or more of our employees, contractors or agents, including those based in or from countries where practices that violate such United States laws and regulations or the laws and regulations of other countries may be customary, as well as those associated with newly-acquired businesses, will engage in business practices that are prohibited by our policies, circumvent our compliance programs and, by doing so, violate such laws and regulations. Any such violations, even if prohibited by our internal policies, could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us and/or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business and damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our success depends, in significant part, on discretionary consumer and corporate spending on entertainment and factors adversely affecting such spending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business depends on discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Many factors related to discretionary consumer and corporate spending, including economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income such as employment, interest and tax rates and inflation can significantly impact our operating results. Business conditions, as well as various industry conditions, including corporate marketing and promotional spending and interest levels, can also significantly impact our operating results. These factors can affect advertising sales and sponsorship spending, as well as the financial results of sponsors of our content providers and the industry as a whole. Negative factors such as challenging economic conditions, public concerns over terrorism and security incidents, particularly when combined, can impact corporate and consumer spending, and one negative factor can impact our results more than another. There can be no assurance that consumer and corporate spending will not be adversely impacted by current economic conditions, or by any further or future deterioration in economic conditions, thereby possibly impacting our operating results and growth.
During past economic slowdowns and recessions, many consumers reduced their discretionary spending and advertisers reduced their advertising expenditures. In addition, a decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of live entertainment and leisure events may have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income. The impact of economic slowdowns on our business is difficult to predict, but they may result in reductions in sponsorship and advertising opportunities and our ability to generate revenue. The risks associated with our businesses may become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession.
We are subject to governmental regulation, which may change from time to time, and our failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, policies and procedures, both domestically and internationally, which may change from time to time. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in fines and proceedings against us by governmental agencies and consumers, which if material, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations could restrict or unfavorably impact our business, which could decrease demand for services, reduce revenue, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. From time to time, federal, state and local authorities and consumers commence investigations, inquiries or litigation with respect to our compliance with applicable consumer protection, advertising, unfair business practice, antitrust (and similar or related laws) and other laws. We may be required to incur significant legal expenses in connection with the defense of future governmental investigations and litigation.
Changes in laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the Internet, including regulations or decisions by the FCC impacting net neutrality, could decrease the demand for our service and increase our cost of doing business. See “- Changes in how network operators handle and charge for access to data that travel across their networks could adversely impact our business” below. Certain laws intended to prevent network operators from discriminating against the legal traffic that traverse their networks have been implemented in many countries, including the United States and the EU. In others, the laws may be nascent or non-existent. Given uncertainty around these rules, including changing interpretations, amendments or repeal, coupled with potentially significant political and economic power of local network operators, we could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our growth, cause us to incur additional expense or otherwise negatively affect our business.
We depend upon third-party licenses for sound recordings and an adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold any necessary licenses may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
With respect to podcasts and other non-music content, we produce or commission the content itself or obtain distribution rights directly from rights holders. In the former scenario, we employ various business models to create original content. In the latter scenario, we negotiate licenses directly with individuals that enable creators to post content directly to our service after agreeing to comply with the applicable terms and conditions. We are dependent on those who provide content on its service complying with the terms and conditions of its license agreements as well as the PodcastOne Terms and Conditions of Use (the “Terms and Conditions of Use”). However, we cannot guarantee that rights holders or content providers will comply with their obligations, and such failure to do so may materially impact its business, operating results, and financial condition.
There is also no guarantee that we have all of the licenses it needs to stream content, as the process of obtaining such licenses involves many rights holders, some of whom are unknown, and myriad complex legal issues across many jurisdictions, including open questions of law as to when and whether particular licenses are needed. Additionally, there is a risk that rights holders, creators, performers, writers and their agents, or societies, unions, guilds, or legislative or regulatory bodies will create or attempt to create new rights or regulations that could require PodcastOne to enter into license agreements with, and pay royalties to, newly defined groups of rights holders, some of which may be difficult or impossible to identify.
Even when we are able to enter into license agreements with rights holders, it cannot guarantee that such agreements will continue to be renewed indefinitely. For example, from time to time, our license agreements with certain rights holders and/or their agents expire while we negotiate their renewals and, per industry custom and practice, we may enter into brief (for example, month-, week-, or even days-long) extensions of those agreements or provisional licenses and/or continue to operate on an at will basis as if the license agreement had been extended, including by our continuing to make content available. During these periods, we may not have assurance of long-term access to such rights holders’ content, which could have a material adverse effect on its business and could lead to potential copyright infringement claims.
It is also possible that such agreements will never be renewed at all. The lack of renewal, or termination, of one or more of our license agreements, or the renewal of a license agreement on less favorable terms, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may be subject to risks associated with artificial intelligence and machine learning technology.
Recent technological advances in artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning technology may pose risks to us. Our use of AI could give rise to legal or regulatory action, create liabilities, or materially harm our business. While we aim to develop and use AI and machine learning technology responsibly and attempt to mitigate ethical and legal issues presented by its use, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in identifying or resolving issues before they arise. Further, as the technology is rapidly evolving, costs and obligations could be imposed on us to comply with new regulations.
We also could be exposed to the risks of machine learning technology if third-party service providers or any counterparties, whether or not known to us, also use machine learning technology in their business activities. We will not be in a position to control the use of such technology in third-party products or services. Use by third-party service providers could give rise to issues pertaining to data privacy, data protection, and intellectual property considerations.
Advancements in AI Technology May Adversely Affect Our Business Model and Competitive Position.
The rapid development and adoption of AI technologies pose risks to our operations, user engagement, and revenue generation. AI tools may enable the creation of high-quality synthetic music that could compete with licensed content from our platform, reducing demand for traditional music streaming services. Additionally, the use of AI by competitors to enhance user personalization, recommend content, or improve discovery may surpass our technological capabilities, potentially diminishing our market share.
Further, our reliance on AI for functions such as recommendation algorithms, fraud detection, and content moderation introduces operational risks. Errors or biases in our AI systems could result in a poor user experience, reduced engagement, or potential reputational harm. If we fail to maintain or advance our AI capabilities or if we are perceived as lagging behind in AI innovation, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Moreover, as regulators worldwide consider new policies regarding AI development, use, and intellectual property rights, our business may face increased compliance costs or limitations on our ability to use AI tools effectively. Such regulations could impact the availability or cost of AI technologies and hinder our ability to innovate, further exacerbating competitive pressures.
Wildfires and Other Natural Disasters in and Around Los Angeles May Disrupt Our Operations and Adversely Impact Our Business.
Our headquarters and a significant portion of our operations are located in Los Angeles, a region prone to wildfires and other natural disasters such as earthquakes and power outages. Wildfires, in particular, pose a material risk to our physical infrastructure, employee safety, and overall business continuity.
In the event of a wildfire, our offices or facilities may suffer physical damage or experience operational interruptions due to evacuations, smoke contamination, or power grid failures. Such disruptions could impede our ability to maintain service availability, impacting user experience and leading to potential revenue loss. Additionally, prolonged wildfires may affect our employees’ ability to work safely, either in-office or remotely, further affecting productivity and operations.
We may also incur significant costs related to disaster recovery efforts, relocation of personnel, or investments in infrastructure to mitigate future risks. While we maintain disaster recovery and business continuity plans, these measures may not fully protect against the adverse effects of natural disasters.
Increased data protection regulation may result in increased complexities and risk in connection with the operation of our business and our products.
Our business is highly dependent on information systems and technology. The costs related to cyber or other security threats or disruptions may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. Cybersecurity has become a priority for regulators in the U.S. and around the world. Recently, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to disclose material cybersecurity incidents on Form 8-K and periodic disclosure of a registrant’s cybersecurity risk management, strategy, and governance in annual reports. The rules became effective beginning with annual reports for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2023, beginning with Form 8-Ks on December 18, 2023. The SEC has also particularly focused on cybersecurity, and we expect increased scrutiny of our policies and systems designed to manage our cybersecurity risks and our related disclosures as a result. We also expect to face increased costs to comply with the new SEC rules, including increased costs for cybersecurity training and management. The SEC has indicated in recent periods that one of its examination priorities for the Division of Examinations is to continue to examine cybersecurity procedures and controls, including testing the implementation of these procedures and controls.
There may be substantial financial penalties or fines for breach of privacy laws (which may include insufficient security for our personal or other sensitive information). Non-compliance with any applicable privacy or data security laws represents a serious risk to our business. Some jurisdictions have also enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal information. Breaches in security could potentially jeopardize our or our stockholders’ or counterparties’ confidential or other information processed and stored in, or transmitted through, our computer systems and networks (or those of our third-party vendors), or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our or our stockholders’ or our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in significant losses, increased costs, disruption of our business, liability to our stockholders and other counterparties, fines or penalties, litigation, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, which could also lead to loss of stockholders.
Finally, there has been significant evolution and developments in the use of AI technologies. We cannot fully determine the impact or cybersecurity risk of such evolving technology to our business at this time.
If we do not respond to technological innovations or changes or upgrade our technology systems, our growth prospects and results of operations could be adversely affected.
To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality, features and security of our technology infrastructure. Infrastructure upgrades may require significant capital investment outside of the normal course of business. In the future, we will likely need to improve and upgrade our technology, database systems and network infrastructure to allow our business to grow in both size and scope. Without such improvements, our operations might suffer from unanticipated system disruptions, slow performance or unreliable service levels, any of which could negatively affect our ability to provide rapid customer service. We may face significant delays in introducing new services or developing new technologies. Moreover, if we do not keep pace with the rapid innovations and changes taking place in information technology in our industry, we could be at a competitive disadvantage. Further, the rapid dissemination and increasing transparency of information, particularly for public companies, increases the risks to our business that could result from negative media or announcements about ethics lapses, improper behavior or other operational problems, which could lead clients to terminate or reduce their relationships with us. If competitors introduce new products and services using new technologies, our proprietary technology and systems may become less competitive, and our business may be harmed. In addition, the expansion and improvement of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources, with no assurance that our business will improve.
Risks Related to Our Company
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting were not effective due to the existence of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting during such periods. If we are unable to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis or prevent fraud could be impaired, and the market price of our securities may be negatively affected.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet PodcastOne’s reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by our Company conducted in connection with Section 404, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, if and when required, may reveal additional deficiencies in its internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. For our fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, our management conducted an assessment of its disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that they were not effective for such period, due to the existence of certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which were subsequently remediated. See Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2025, management did not identify any material weaknesses. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, our management identified material weaknesses in the following: our controls related to the preparation of the financial statements were not adequately designed to ensure the accuracy and completeness of amounts and disclosures and the classification between current and noncurrent liabilities; and our management’s identification of and accounting for significant and unusual transactions, specifically accounting for business combinations, including push down accounting. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, we failed to remediate all of the material weaknesses identified during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 and 2022. Beyond fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses.
If we are unable to establish and maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If in the future we identify new material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, including at some of our acquired companies, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if and when applicable, our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are then listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
We may face litigation and other risks as a result of the restatement of our previously issued financial statements and related matters.
On July 1, 2020, LiveOne’s wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., acquired 100% of the equity interests of our Company for net consideration of $16.1 million consisting of 5,363,636 shares of LiveOne’s common stock with a fair value of $14.6 million, contingent consideration with a fair value of $1.1 million and an additional true-up of 203,249 shares of LiveOne’s common stock during the third quarter of fiscal 2021 valued at $0.4 million, that was issued as part of the final purchase price consideration. As a result, LiveOne pushed down the contingent consideration to us on the date of acquisition in the amount of $1.1 million to our financial statements and booked the marked to market change in value at each reporting period. It was subsequently determined that in accordance with ASC 805-50-30-12 the liability for the contingent consideration should not have been pushed down as it was an obligation of LiveOne.
As a result of the restatement, we may face the potential for litigation or other disputes which may include, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws or other claims arising from the restatement and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements. As of the date of this Annual Report, we have no knowledge of any such litigation or dispute. However, we can provide no assurance that such litigation or dispute will not arise in the future. Any such litigation or dispute, whether successful or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If in the future we identify new material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting, including in any companies that we may acquire in the future, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that its internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if and when applicable, our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of its common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which its securities are then listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of its common stock.
To address our previously existing material weaknesses, we have added personnel as well as implemented new financial systems and processes. We intend to continue to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting through hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting personnel, and further evolving our accounting processes. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and actions it may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause it to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.
We heavily depend on relationships with our content providers and other industry stakeholders and adverse changes in these relationships, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is particularly dependent upon personal relationships, as executives within entertainment companies such as ours leverage their network of relationships with Content Providers and other Industry Stakeholders to secure the rights to their content and develop other partnerships that are critical to our success. Due to the importance of those industry contacts, the loss of any of these relationships, and adverse changes in these relationships could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We can give no assurance that all or any of these Content Providers or other Industry Stakeholders will retain their associations with us or our executives, directors, employees or other individual service providers. Additionally, to the extent the decision makers of our Content Providers are replaced with individuals with whom our executives, directors or other key personnel do not have relationships, our competitive position and financial condition could be harmed.
We may incur substantially more debt or take other actions that would intensify the risks discussed in this Annual Report regarding our and/or LiveOne’s indebtedness.
In addition to LiveOne’s current outstanding debt and Debentures, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional debt, subject to restrictions contained in LiveOne’s and our existing and future debt instruments, some or all of which may be secured debt. The Debentures contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, make certain investments, pay dividends or repurchase shares of our common stock, transfer or dispose of assets or enter into various specified transactions. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consents of our senior lenders or terminate our existing debt agreements. LiveOne’s Debentures also contains certain covenants, including maintaining a minimum amount of cash at all times and are secured by substantially all of LiveOne’s and our Company’s and LiveOne’s and our respective subsidiaries’ assets. Please see more under “Risks Related to Our Relationship with LiveOne and its Indebtedness.”
LiveOne and/or our Company may not have sufficient cash flow from our and LiveOne’s business operations to make payments on its then current indebtedness and/or our indebtedness, if any.
LiveOne’s and our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance its then current indebtedness and/or our future indebtedness, if any, depends on LiveOne’s and our performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our and LiveOne’s business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service LiveOne’s then current debt and our future indebtedness, if any, and make necessary capital expenditures. If LiveOne and our Company are unable to generate such cash flow, LiveOne and/or our Company may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt and/or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. In the event of an acceleration of amounts due under LiveOne’s then current debt instruments and/or our future debt instruments, if any, as a result of an event of default, including upon the occurrence of an event that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on LiveOne’s business, operations, properties, assets or condition or a failure to pay any amount due, LiveOne and/or our Company may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay such indebtedness or to make any accelerated payments. There is no guarantee that LiveOne and/or our Company will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest under such debt agreements or to satisfy all of the financial covenants. LiveOne’s and/or our ability to refinance the respective indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and LiveOne’s and/or our financial condition at such time. Capital markets have been volatile in the recent past; a downturn could negatively impact LiveOne’s and/or our ability to access capital should the need arise. As a result, the inability to meet LiveOne’s and/or our debt obligations could cause LiveOne and/or our Company to default on those obligations. Any such defaults could materially harm our financial condition and liquidity.
We rely on key members of our management and the loss of their services or investor confidence in them could adversely affect our success, development and financial condition.
Our success depends, to a large degree, upon certain key members of our management, particularly Kit Gray, our President, Robert Ellin, our Executive Chairman, Ryan Carhart, our Chief Financial Officer, and Sue McNamara, our Chief Revenue Officer. Mr. Gray has extensive knowledge about our business and our operations, and the loss of Mr. Gray, Mr. Ellin, Mr. Carhart or Ms. McNamara or any other key member of our senior management would likely have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. We do not currently maintain a key-person insurance policy for Mr. Gray or any other member of our management. Our executive team’s expertise and experience in acquiring, integrating and growing businesses, particularly those focused on podcasts and Content Providers, have been and will continue to be a significant factor in our growth and ability to execute our business strategy. The loss of any of our executive officers could slow the growth of our business or have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Unfavorable outcomes in legal proceedings may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
Our results may be affected by the outcome of future litigation. Unfavorable rulings in our legal proceedings may have a negative impact on us that may be greater or smaller depending on the nature of the rulings. In addition, from time to time in the future we may be subject to various claims, investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal) or lawsuits by governmental agencies or private parties, including as described in the immediately preceding risk factor. If the results of such investigations, proceedings or suits are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to successfully defend against third party lawsuits, we may be required to pay monetary damages or may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other censure that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, please see more under “⸺ If LiveOne does not comply with the terms of its Debentures and/or the Capchase Loan, its senior lenders may terminate its obligations to LiveOne and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder.” Even if we adequately address the issues raised by an investigation or proceeding or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or counterclaim, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources to address these issues, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Following the Public Offering, we will be subject to mandatory reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which require, among other things, that we continue to file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, that we were not required to file as a voluntary reporting company (though we did file such reports with the SEC on a voluntary basis). We have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the preparation and filing of these SEC reports. Furthermore, we are subject to additional corporate governance and other compliance requirements as a result of our shares of common stock being listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”). In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Nasdaq have imposed various other requirements on public companies. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact (in ways we cannot currently anticipate) the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we will incur additional expense to increase our director and officer liability insurance.
We are required to furnish a report on internal control over financial reporting issued by management. Such report is provided as part of the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. In addition, if and when we cease to be a smaller reporting company and become subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To remain in compliance with Section 404, we will continue to be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to dedicate substantially greater internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that our independent registered public accounting firm, when required, will not be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Our quarterly operating results may be volatile and are difficult to predict in the future, and our stock price may decline if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors.
Our revenue, margins and other operating results could vary significantly in the future from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and may fail to match our past performance due to a variety of factors, including many factors that are outside of our control, including, our holding, promoting and managing our podcasting. Factors that may contribute to the variability of our operating results and cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
●
the entrance of new competitors or competitive services in our market, including consolidation among competitors, customers or vendors,
●
our ability to retain and grow the number of our user base and increase engagement among new and existing users;
●
our revenue mix, which drives gross profit;
●
the timing of the launch of our new or updated podcasts, services or features;
●
the addition or loss of popular content;
●
the popularity of podcasts and specifically our podcast content;
●
announcements or planned introductions of new podcasts, services, functionality and products by us or our competitors;
●
significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our platform; and
●
an increase in costs associated with protecting our intellectual property, defending against third-party intellectual property infringement allegations or procuring rights to third-party intellectual property.
We may not be able to attract qualified personnel.
Our ability to expand operations to accommodate our anticipated growth will depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. However, competition for the types of employees we seek is intense. We may face particular challenges in recruiting and retaining personnel who have experience in talent acquisition, marketing, sales, production, development, operations and other technical expertise, in the podcast industry, which is critical to our initiatives. Our ability to meet our business development objectives will depend in part on our ability to recruit, train and retain top quality personnel with advanced skills who understand our technology and business. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to attract qualified personnel to execute our business strategies or develop and expand our online properties. If we are unable to engage and retain the necessary personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.
Additionally, we expect to retain the existing managers and executives of certain companies we acquire to have them continue managing and operating the acquired business. We believe that these individuals will have the market expertise and network of personal relationships to best implement the growth strategies of the acquired businesses. If we are unable to retain the key personnel of the acquired businesses, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits and synergies of an acquisition.
We engage a number of consultants to work for us. If the consultants that we utilize are characterized as employees and if we are deemed to be delinquent in our payroll taxes or incur other employment-related liabilities with respect to those consultants, we and our management team could incur significant liabilities.
We engage a number of consultants to work for us in various aspects of our business. Although we believe that the consultants that we utilize in our business, as is customary to do so in our business, are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of independent contractors. We are aware of a number of judicial decisions and legislative proposals that could bring about major reforms in worker classification, including the California legislature’s recent passage of California Assembly Bill 5 (“AB 5”). AB 5 purports to codify a new test for determining worker classification that is widely viewed as expanding the scope of employee relationships and narrowing the scope of independent contractor relationships. Given AB 5’s recent passage, there is no guidance from the regulatory authorities charged with its enforcement, and there is a significant degree of uncertainty regarding its application. In addition, AB 5 has been the subject of widespread national discussion, and it is possible that other jurisdictions, including New York, may enact similar laws. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our recording artists and songwriters are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay Social Security, Medicare and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our consultants are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to the taxes that we would be required to pay if we were required to remit payroll taxes for our consultants, and the payments that we would be required to make for other employment-related obligations, our operations would be severely disrupted and individual officers or members of our board of directors could be personally liable for certain of any assessments made. A government entity could potentially shut down our operations until such time as the payroll taxes were brought current. Such a shutdown could effectively push us into bankruptcy and an investor could lose all his or her investment in us.
Rising inflation may adversely affect us by increasing costs of labor, equipment and other costs beyond what we can recover through price increases.
Inflation can adversely affect us by increasing the costs of labor, technology, equipment and other costs required to operate and grow our business. The United States is experiencing high levels of inflation, which may depress consumer demand for our services and reduce our profitability if we are unable to raise prices enough to keep up with increases in our costs. Inflationary pressures have resulted in increases in salaries and the cost of certain equipment and technology necessary for the production of our services, and such increases may continue to impact us in the future. Accordingly, we are exposed to risks associated with significant levels of cost inflation. If we are unable to increase our prices to offset the effects of inflation, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot successfully maintain our culture as we assimilate new employees, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture.
We are undergoing growth in our business, including in our employee headcount. A significant portion of our management team has been with us since inception. We expect that significant additional hiring will be necessary to support our strategic plans. This rapid influx of new team members from different business backgrounds may make it difficult for us to maintain our corporate culture. We believe our culture has contributed significantly to our ability to attract and retain talent, to acquire podcast content and to innovate and grow successfully. If our culture is negatively affected, our ability to support our growth and innovation may diminis
We may be subject to risks associated with artificial intelligence and machine learning technology.
Recent technological advances in artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning technology may pose risks to us. Our use of AI could give rise to legal or regulatory action, create liabilities, or materially harm our business. While we aim to develop and use AI and machine learning technology responsibly and attempt to mitigate ethical and legal issues presented by its use, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in identifying or resolving issues before they arise. Further, as the technology is rapidly evolving, costs and obligations could be imposed on us to comply with new regulations.
We also could be exposed to the risks of machine learning technology if third-party service providers or any counterparties, whether or not known to us, also use machine learning technology in their business activities. We will not be in a position to control the use of such technology in third-party products or services. Use by third-party service providers could give rise to issues pertaining to data privacy, data protection, and intellectual property considerations.
Advancements in AI Technology May Adversely Affect Our Business Model and Competitive Position.
The rapid development and adoption of AI technologies pose risks to our operations, user engagement, and revenue generation. AI tools may enable the creation of high-quality synthetic music that could compete with licensed content from our platform, reducing demand for traditional music streaming services. Additionally, the use of AI by competitors to enhance user personalization, recommend content, or improve discovery may surpass our technological capabilities, potentially diminishing our market share.
Further, our reliance on AI for functions such as recommendation algorithms, fraud detection, and content moderation introduces operational risks. Errors or biases in our AI systems could result in a poor user experience, reduced engagement, or potential reputational harm. If we fail to maintain or advance our AI capabilities or if we are perceived as lagging behind in AI innovation, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Moreover, as regulators worldwide consider new policies regarding AI development, use, and intellectual property rights, our business may face increased compliance costs or limitations on our ability to use AI tools effectively. Such regulations could impact the availability or cost of AI technologies and hinder our ability to innovate, further exacerbating competitive pressures.
Wildfires and Other Natural Disasters in and Around Los Angeles May Disrupt Our Operations and Adversely Impact Our Business.
Our headquarters and a significant portion of our operations are located in Los Angeles, a region prone to wildfires and other natural disasters such as earthquakes and power outages. Wildfires, in particular, pose a material risk to our physical infrastructure, employee safety, and overall business continuity.
In the event of a wildfire, our offices or facilities may suffer physical damage or experience operational interruptions due to evacuations, smoke contamination, or power grid failures. Such disruptions could impede our ability to maintain service availability, impacting user experience and leading to potential revenue loss. Additionally, prolonged wildfires may affect our employees’ ability to work safely, either in-office or remotely, further affecting productivity and operations.
We may also incur significant costs related to disaster recovery efforts, relocation of personnel, or investments in infrastructure to mitigate future risks. While we maintain disaster recovery and business continuity plans, these measures may not fully protect against the adverse effects of natural disasters.
Risks Related to Our Relationship with LiveOne and its Indebtedness
LiveOne’s debt agreements contain restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, and LiveOne’s substantial indebtedness may limit cash flow available to us to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.
LiveOne has a significant amount of indebtedness. Its total outstanding consolidated indebtedness as of March 31, 2025 was $3.7 million, net of fees and discounts. In addition, in May 2025, LiveOne borrowed an additional $16.5 million as a result of the issuance of the Debentures. Furthermore, while LiveOne has certain restrictions and covenants with its current indebtedness, LiveOne could in the future incur additional indebtedness beyond such amount, including by issuing the Additional Debentures subject to Conditions. LiveOne’s existing debt agreements with the senior lenders contain certain financial and restrictive covenants that require LiveOne to redeem a portion of the Debentures monthly, limit our ability to merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, make certain investments, pay dividends or repurchase shares of our common stock, transfer or dispose of assets, or enter into various specified transactions. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of LiveOne’s senior secured lenders or terminate our existing debt agreements. LiveOne’s debt agreements related to the Debentures also contain certain financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum cash amount at all times and are secured by substantially all of our assets. There is no guarantee that LiveOne, our Company and LiveOne’s other subsidiaries will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest under our debt agreements or to satisfy all of the financial covenants. We and/or LiveOne may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future.
LiveOne’s substantial debt combined with its and our other financial obligations and contractual commitments could have other significant adverse consequences, including:
●
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of interest on, and principal of (including monthly redemptions thereof), LiveOne’s debt, which will reduce the amounts available to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
●
increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and market conditions;
●
obligating us to restrictive covenants that may reduce our ability to take certain corporate actions or obtain further debt or equity financing;
●
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and
●
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or better debt servicing options.
LiveOne intends to satisfy its current and future debt service obligations with its and our existing cash and cash equivalents and funds from external sources, including its and/or its subsidiaries' equity and/or debt financing. However, LiveOne and its subsidiaries (including our Company) may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to pay the amounts due under our existing debt. Funds from external sources may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In the event of an acceleration of amounts due under our debt instruments as a result of an event of default, including upon the occurrence of an event that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, properties, assets or condition or a failure to pay any amount due, LiveOne and/or our Company may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay LiveOne’s and/or our indebtedness or to make any accelerated payments.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market as a result of the completion of the Spin-Out. As a result, we qualify for, but do not currently intend to rely on exemptions from corporate governance standards, and accordingly, we intend for you to have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not a “controlled company” and are subject to all corporate governance requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market.
So long as more than 50% of the voting power for the election of our directors is held by an individual, a group or another company, we qualify as a “controlled company” under listing requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne continues to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock and voting power. As a result, we are a “controlled company” under The Nasdaq Capital Market rules. As a controlled company, we are exempt from certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements; however, we do not currently intend to rely on such exemptions. Accordingly, we intend for our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and the compensation committee and nominating committee of our board of directors to be comprised entirely of independent directors, and ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined by or recommended to our board of directors by the independent members of our board of directors. To the extent we rely on one or more of these exemptions, holders of our common stock will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market.
We may have conflicts of interest with LiveOne and, because of (i) certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to related person transactions and corporate opportunities, (ii) agreements we have and will enter into with LiveOne in connection with our completed Direct Listing, and (iii) LiveOne’s controlling beneficial ownership interest in our Company, we may not be able to resolve such conflicts on terms favorable to us.
Conflicts of interest may arise between LiveOne and us in a number of areas relating to our ongoing relationship. Potential conflicts of interest that we have identified include the following:
●
Certain of our directors and management may have conflicts of interest. Robert Ellin and our other directors Ramin Arani and Jay Krigsman, serve as both our directors and as directors of LiveOne. Robert Ellin, our Executive Chairman, and Ryan Carhart, our Chief Financial Officer, serve both as our and LiveOne’s senior management. Such directors and officers owe fiduciary duties to our company pursuant to Delaware law, but these relationships could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when these persons are faced with decisions with potentially different implications for LiveOne and us.
●
Sale of shares of our common stock. LiveOne may decide to sell all or a portion of our shares that it holds in the public markets and/or to a third party, including to one of our competitors, thereby possibly depressing the trading price of our common stock and/or giving that third-party substantial influence over our business and our affairs. Such a sale could be in conflict with your interests.
●
Developing business relationships with LiveOne’s competitors. We may from time to time partner with, obtain advertising revenue from and/or sell to a number of companies that compete with LiveOne. These companies may be less willing or unwilling to develop and maintain relationships with us, and may favor our competitors or may view us as competitors, because of our relationship with LiveOne.
●
Allocation of business opportunities. Business opportunities may arise that both we and LiveOne find attractive, and which would complement our businesses. We may be prevented from taking advantage of new business opportunities that LiveOne has entered into. Furthermore, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, until the later of (i) first date on which LiveOne ceases to beneficially own 20% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock and (ii) the date upon which none of our officers and/or directors are also officers and/or directors of LiveOne, (x) we will waive any interest or expectancy in potential transactions presented to our directors and officers who are also directors and/or officers of LiveOne unless expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as our director and/or officer, as applicable, and (y) LiveOne shall have the right to, and shall have no duty not to, engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as we do, do business with any of our clients or customers, and employ or otherwise engage any of our officers or employees. See “Description of Capital Stock - Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation Relating to Related Person Transactions and Corporate Opportunities.” We may therefore not be entitled to, and LiveOne may be entitled to, pursue business opportunities which may otherwise be appropriate for us.
●
LiveOne will continue to beneficially hold a majority of our common stock (including voting power), and we and LiveOne expect to continue as strategic partners, collaborating on projects to pursue the growth of streaming and podcasting sectors. LiveOne may from time to time make strategic decisions that it believes are in the best interests of its business as a whole, including our company. These decisions may be different from the decisions that we would have made on our own. LiveOne’s decisions with respect to us or our business, including any related party transactions between LiveOne and us, may be resolved in ways that favor LiveOne and its stockholders, which may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders.
We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with LiveOne.
We negotiated agreements with LiveOne related to our separation from LiveOne, including the Separation Agreement and Administrative Services Agreement, while we were still a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arms-length negotiations between unaffiliated parties. The terms of such agreements relate to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations between LiveOne and us. We may have received better terms from third parties because third parties may have competed with each other to win our business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.
We may not be able to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed on acceptable terms.
From time to time we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Although we believe that the public markets sources of capital in place currently will permit us to finance our operations for the foreseeable future on acceptable terms and conditions, we have not previously accessed the capital markets as an independent public company, and our access to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our financial performance, our credit ratings or absence thereof, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the state of the economy. We cannot assure you that we will have access to the capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed or on terms acceptable to us.
Risks Related to Technology and Intellectual Property
We rely on integrations with advertising platforms, demand-side platforms (“DSPs”), proprietary platforms and ad servers, over which we exercise very little control.
Our business depends on our ability to integrate our content with a variety of third-party advertising platforms, DSPs, proprietary platforms and ad services. We are able to make our podcasts available on other popular podcasting platforms such as Apple, Amazon, Spotify and wherever podcasts are heard, allowing our listeners to utilize such platforms to listen to our podcasts. We have also formed partnerships with advertising platforms to integrate our podcasts with their software and product offerings, allowing our advertisers to utilize our solutions wherever they purchase or place an ad. For example, we rely on integration with Apple and Spotify in order to provide our podcasts through their platforms. Apple or Spotify may determine to only host shows that are proprietary to them, which would have a significant effect on our ability to offer our podcasts to larger group of listeners and would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Some of these integration partners have significant market share in the segment in which they operate. To date, we have relied on written contracts and other arrangements to govern our relationships with these partners. However, these are subject to change by such providers from time to time and in many instances the provider may choose to terminate these contracts without cause and with short notice periods. Many of these agreements are short term with automatic renewal provisions, and there can be no assurances that such providers will agree to renew their agreements with us. Moreover, such providers may choose to stop integrating with our podcasts and may unilaterally stop providing us with data necessary to our business if they acquire a competitor which provides podcasting services similar to ours or if they begin to deliver podcasts similar to ours on their own. We cannot assure you that our existing podcast partners and integration partners will continue to, or that potential new podcast partners or integration partners will agree to, integrate our podcasts into their podcast offerings or services. Such integrations may not be replaceable, and so loss of any such integrations could materially impact our business and our results of operations and we may lose listeners.
Our business and revenues could also be affected by social issues or disruptions. For example, if there is public disapproval or boycotting of a specific podcasting platform, such as Spotify or other podcasting platform, our ability to optimize ad placement or to forecast listener metrics may be impacted based on unforeseen trends or events.
We rely heavily on technology to distribute content and manage other aspects of our operations, and the failure of this technology to operate effectively could adversely affect our business.
We utilize a combination of proprietary and third-party technology. Our business substantially depends on advertising revenue and is supported by our PodcastOne App which offers users access to our podcasts on their favorite device. We cannot be sure that the PodcastOne App or any enhancements or other modifications we make in the future to such apps will, perform as intended or otherwise be of value to our users. Future enhancements and modifications to our technology could consume considerable resources. If we are unable to successfully develop, maintain and enhance our technology to manage the distribution of podcasts in a timely and efficient manner, our ability to attract and retain users may be impaired. In addition, if our technology or that of third parties we utilize in our operations fails or otherwise operates improperly, our ability to attract and retain users may be impaired. Also, any harm to our users’ personal computers or mobile devices caused by software used in our operations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.
We may be unable to detect unauthorized use of, or otherwise sufficiently protect, our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of laws and contractual restrictions with employees, individual service providers, users, artists, suppliers and others content licensors and Content Providers to establish and protect these proprietary rights. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use proprietary information, trademarks, or copyrighted material without authorization which, if discovered, might require legal action to correct. Furthermore, assets we may acquire in connection with any future acquisitions (including brand names and trademark rights), may have been improperly adopted or inadequately protected prior to our acquisitions of them. This could include failures to obtain assignments of ownership or confidentiality agreements from third parties, failures to clear use of trademarks, or other failures to protect trademarks and other proprietary rights. In addition, third parties may independently and lawfully develop similar intellectual property or duplicate our services.
We will apply to register, or secure by contract when appropriate, our trademarks and service marks as they are developed and used and reserve and register domain names as we deem appropriate. While we intend to vigorously protect our trademarks, service marks and domain names as we deem appropriate, effective trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought in every country in which we operate, and contractual disputes may affect the use of marks governed by private contract. Similarly, not every variation of a domain name may be available or be registered, even if available. Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights in a meaningful manner or challenges to related contractual rights could result in the erosion of brand names or the loss of rights to our owned or licensed marks and limit our ability to control marketing on or through the Internet using our various domain names or otherwise, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the loss of, or inability to otherwise obtain, rights to use third party trademarks and service marks, including the loss of exclusive rights to use third party trademarks in territories where we present festivals, could adversely affect our business or otherwise result in competitive harm.
We currently own the www.podcastone.com domain name. Internet regulatory bodies generally regulate domain names. If we lose the ability to use a domain name in a particular country, we would be forced either to incur significant additional expenses to market our services within that country or, in extreme cases, to elect not to offer our services in that country. Either result could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. The regulation of domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or maintain the domain names that utilize our brand names in the United States or other countries in which we may conduct business in the future.
Litigation or proceedings before governmental authorities and administrative bodies may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our patent rights, trademarks, trade secrets, and domain names and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management time, each of which could substantially harm our operating results. Additionally, changes in law may be implemented, or changes in interpretation of such laws may occur, that may affect our ability to protect and enforce our patents and other intellectual property.
We may be accused of infringing upon intellectual property rights of third parties.
From time to time, we have been and may be in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement and other violations of the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. The legal proceedings and claims include notices provided to us by content owners of users’ violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, which obligate us to investigate and remove infringing user content from our website.
In addition, Internet, technology, and media companies are frequently subject to litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property rights. Many companies in these industries, including many of our competitors, have substantially larger patent and intellectual property portfolios than we do, which could make us a target for litigation as we may not be able to assert counterclaims against parties that sue us for patent, or other intellectual property infringement. In addition, various “non-practicing entities” that own patents and other intellectual property rights often attempt to aggressively assert claims in order to extract value from technology companies. Further, from time to time we may introduce new products and services, including in territories where we currently do not have an offering, which could increase our exposure to patent and other intellectual property claims from competitors and non-practicing entities. It is difficult to predict whether assertions of third-party intellectual property rights or any infringement or misappropriation claims arising from such assertions will substantially harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. If we are forced to defend against any infringement or misappropriation claims, whether they are with or without merit, are settled out of court, or are determined in our favor, we may be required to expend significant time and financial resources on the defense of such claims. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay significant damages, which may be even greater if we are found to have willfully infringed upon a party’s intellectual property; cease exploiting copyrighted content that we have previously had the ability to exploit; cease using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to redesign our solutions; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies, content, or materials; indemnify our partners and other third parties; and/or take other actions that may have material effects on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Changes in how network operators handle and charge for access to data that travel across their networks could adversely impact our business.
We will rely upon the ability of consumers to access our service through the Internet. Changes in laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the Internet, including laws impacting net neutrality, could decrease the demand for our service and increase our cost of doing business. To the extent that network operators implement usage-based pricing, including meaningful bandwidth caps, or otherwise try to monetize access to their networks by data providers, we could incur greater operating expenses and our subscriber acquisition and retention could be negatively impacted. For example, in late 2010, Comcast informed Level 3 Communications that it would require Level 3 to pay for the ability to access Comcast’s network. Furthermore, to the extent network operators were to create tiers of Internet access service and either charge us for or prohibit us from being available through these tiers, our business could be negatively impacted.
Most network operators that provide consumers with access to the Internet also provide these consumers with multichannel video programming. As such, companies like Comcast, Charter Spectrum and Cablevision have an incentive to use their network infrastructure in a manner adverse to our continued growth and success. For example, Comcast exempted certain of its own Internet video traffic (e.g., Streampix videos to the Xbox 360) from a bandwidth cap that applies to all unaffiliated Internet video traffic (e.g., Netflix videos to the Xbox 360). While we believe that consumer demand, regulatory oversight and competition will help check these incentives, to the extent that network operators are able to provide preferential treatment to their data as opposed to ours or otherwise implement discriminatory network management practices, our business could be negatively impacted. In international markets, especially in Latin America, these same incentives apply; however, the consumer demand, regulatory oversight and competition may not be as strong as in our domestic market.
The success of our business and operations depends, in part, on the integrity of our systems and infrastructures, as well as affiliate and third-party computer systems, Wi-Fi and other communication systems. System interruption and the lack of integration and redundancy in these systems and infrastructures may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
System interruption and the lack of integration and redundancy in the information systems and infrastructures, both of our own systems and other computer systems and of affiliate and third-party software, Wi-Fi and other communications systems service providers on which we rely, may adversely affect our ability to operate websites, process and fulfill transactions, respond to user inquiries and generally maintain cost-efficient operations. Such interruptions could occur by virtue of natural disaster, malicious actions such as hacking or acts of terrorism or war, or human error. In addition, the loss of some or all of certain key personnel could require us to expend additional resources to continue to maintain our software and systems and could subject us to systems interruptions.
Although we maintain up to date information technology systems and network infrastructures for the operation of our businesses, techniques used to gain unauthorized access to private networks are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to our systems and data.
Privacy concerns could limit our ability to leverage our consumer subscriber data and compliance with privacy regulations could result in significant expense.
In the ordinary course of business and in particular in connection with merchandising our service to our users, we collect and utilize data supplied by our users. We currently face certain legal obligations regarding the manner in which we treat such information. Other businesses have been criticized by privacy groups and governmental bodies for attempts to link personal identities and other information to data collected on the Internet regarding users’ browsing and other habits. Increased regulation of data utilization practices, including self-regulation or findings under existing laws, that limit our ability to use collected data, could have an adverse effect on our business. As our business evolves and as we expand internationally, we may become subject to additional and/or more stringent legal obligations concerning our treatment of user information, and to the extent that we need to alter our business model or practices to adapt to these obligations, we could incur significant expenses.
In addition, we cannot fully control the actions of third parties who may have access to the user data we collect and the user data collected by our third-party vendors. We may be unable to monitor or control such third parties and the third parties having access to our website in their compliance with the terms of our privacy policies, terms of use, and other applicable contracts, and we may be unable to prevent unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, user information. Any such misuse could hinder or prevent our efforts with respect to growth opportunities and could expose us to liability or otherwise adversely affect our business. In addition, these third parties may become the victim of security breaches or have practices that may result in a breach, and we could be responsible for those third-party acts or failures to act.
Any failure, or perceived failure, by us or the prior owners of acquired businesses to maintain the privacy of data relating to our users (including disclosing data in a manner that was objectionable to our users), to comply with our posted privacy policies, our predecessors’ posted policies, laws and regulations, rules of self-regulatory organizations, industry standards and contractual provisions to which we or they may be bound, could result in the loss of confidence in us, or result in actions against us by governmental entities or others, all of which could result in litigation and financial losses, and could potentially cause us to lose users, advertisers, revenue and employees.
Our reputation and relationships with subscribers would be harmed if our premium subscriber data, particularly billing data, were to be accessed by unauthorized persons.
We will maintain personal data regarding our users, including names and, in many cases, mailing addresses. With respect to billing data, such as credit card numbers, we expect to rely on licensed encryption and authentication technology to secure such information. If we or our payment processing services experience any unauthorized intrusion into our users’ data, current and potential users may become unwilling to provide the information to us necessary for them to become subscribers, we could face legal claims, and our business could be adversely affected. Similarly, if a well-publicized breach of the consumer data security of any other major consumer website were to occur, there could be a general public loss of confidence in the use of the Internet for commerce transactions which could adversely affect our business.
In addition, we do not plan to obtain signatures from subscribers in connection with the use of credit and debit cards (together, “payment cards”) by them. Under current payment card practices, to the extent we do not obtain cardholders’ signatures, we will be liable for fraudulent payment card transactions, even when the associated financial institution approves payment of the orders. From time to time, fraudulent payment cards may be used on our website to obtain service. Typically, these payment cards will not have been registered as stolen and therefore will not be rejected by any automatic authorization safeguards. We do not currently carry insurance against the risk of fraudulent credit card transactions. A failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions would harm our business and results of operations.
Regulatory and business practice developments relating to personal information of our users and/or failure to adequately protect the personal information of our users may adversely affect our business.
Due to the nature of such businesses, the businesses we have acquired or intend to acquire in the future maintain, or have arrangements with third parties who maintain, information on users who or may purchase in the future our services and products electronically through their individual websites or otherwise register on the website for access to our content provided. We are in the process of evaluating the information collected to understand if we can aggregate and reuse the contact information to inform these individuals of upcoming events, offerings and other services and products that we believe enhance the user experience. Data protection laws and regulation may impair our ability to use these data in such ways, as certain uses may be prohibited. The use of such user information is an important component of our growth strategy in the future. The collection, storage and use of user information is subject to regulation in many jurisdictions, including the United States and the EU, and this regulation is becoming more prevalent and stringent. Further, there is a risk that data protection regulators may seek jurisdiction over our activities even in locations in which we do not have an operating entity. This may arise in a number of ways, either because we are conducting direct marketing activities in a particular jurisdiction and the local laws apply to and are enforceable against us, or because one of our databases is controlling the processing of information within that jurisdiction. We intend to develop a comprehensive policy aimed at ensuring adequate protection of our users’ personal information and compliance with applicable law. There is a risk that we will be unable to successfully adopt and implement this policy, which may give rise to liabilities or increased costs.
Although we intend to develop systems and processes that are designed to protect customer and employee information and to prevent security breaches or incidents (which could result in data loss or other harm or loss), such measures cannot provide absolute security or certainty. It is possible that advances in computer and hacker capabilities, new variants of malware, the development of new penetration methods and tools, inadvertent violations of company policies or procedures or other developments could result in a compromise of customer or employee information or a breach of the technology and security processes that are used to protect customer and employee information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems may change frequently and as a result, may be difficult for our business to detect for long periods of time. In addition, despite our best efforts, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may need to expend in the future significant capital and other resources to protect against and remedy such potential security breaches, incidents and their consequences, including the establishment of a dedicated cybersecurity organization within our larger technology environment.
We also face risks associated with security breaches and incidents affecting third parties with which we are affiliated or with which we otherwise conduct business. Consumers are generally concerned with the security and privacy of the Internet, and any publicized security problems affecting our businesses and/or third parties may discourage consumers from doing business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In some countries, the use of cookies and other information placed on users’ Internet browsers or users’ computing devices is currently regulated, regardless of the information contained within or referred to by the cookie. Specifically, in the EU, this is now subject to national laws being introduced pursuant to the amended Directive 2002/58 on Privacy and Electronic Communications. The effect of these measures may require users to provide explicit consent to such a cookie being used. The laws being introduced pursuant to this measure are not finalized in every European Member State, and we have not determined what effect this could have on our business when we place the cookie on the user’s computer or when a third party does so. The effect may be to limit the amount of information we receive in relation to each use of the service and/or to limit our ability to link this information to a unique identity, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
In the United States, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) is starting to exercise greater authority over how online consumer data is collected and maintained by businesses. Prompted by the FTC’s recommendation regarding online tracking, a number of federal legislative proposals have been introduced that would allow users to opt out of online monitoring. A number of states have passed similar legislation and some states are becoming more active in enforcing these laws to protect consumers.
The laws in this area are complex and developing rapidly. For instance, on April 14, 2016, the EU General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) became effective within Europe on May 25, 2018. The primary objectives of the GDPR are to give citizens of the EU back the control of their personal data and to simplify the regulatory environment for international business by unifying the regulation within the EU. We have not yet assessed the full effect of the GDPR. Failure to comply with the GDPR may result in significant monetary penalties. As we expand our operations into new jurisdictions, the costs associated with compliance with applicable local data privacy laws and regulations increases. It is possible that government or industry regulation in these markets will require us to deviate from our standard processes and/or make changes to our products, services and operations, which will increase operational cost and risk. There is a risk that Internet browsers, operating systems, or other applications might be modified by their developers in response to this regulation to limit or block our ability to access information about our users. It is possible that existing or future regulations could make it difficult or impossible for us to collect or use our user information in the way we would like which would impede our growth strategy and potentially reduce the revenue we hope to generate. It is also possible that we could be found to have violated regulations relating to user data, which could result in us being sanctioned, suffering fines or other punishment, being restricted in our activities and/or suffering reputational harm. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business and financial results.
Risks Related to Our Acquisition Strategy
We can give no assurances as to when we will consummate any future acquisitions or whether we will consummate any of them at all.
We may build our business through one or more strategic acquisitions, including podcasts and/or podcast related assets, and to possibly use our cash to fund any cash portion of the consideration we will pay in connection with those acquisitions. However, such additional acquisitions, may be subject to conditions and other impediments to closing, including some that are beyond our control, and we may not be able to close any of them successfully. In addition, our future acquisitions will be required to be closed within certain timeframes as negotiated between us and the acquisition target, and if we are unable to meet the closing deadlines for a given transaction, we may be required to forfeit payments we have made, if any, be forced to renegotiate the transaction on less advantageous terms and could fail to consummate the transaction at all. If we are unable to close any future acquisition, it could significantly alter our business strategy and impede our prospects for growth. If we are unable to successfully consummate a particular acquisition, we may not be able to quickly and materially increase the number of additional podcasts available on our network, produce and/or participate in the planned events or have ownership or licenses of the brands owned or licensed by that acquisition target. Further, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates to replace these acquisitions, and even if we were to do so, we may only be able to consummate them on less advantageous terms. In addition, some of the businesses we acquire may incur significant losses from operations, which, in turn, could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, we will need to integrate these acquired businesses successfully in order for our growth strategy to succeed and for us to become profitable. We expect that the management teams of the acquired businesses will adopt our policies, procedures and best practices, and cooperate with each other in scheduling events, booking talent and in other aspects of their operations. We may face difficulty in integrating the operations of any businesses we may acquire in the future, such as coordinating geographically dispersed organizations, integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds and combining different corporate cultures, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, the inherent risks in entering markets or lines of business in which we have either limited or no direct experience; and the potential loss of key employees, individual service providers, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies.
Further, we expect that future target companies may have material weaknesses in internal controls relating to the proper application of accrual-based accounting under GAAP prior to our acquiring them. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We will be relying on the proper implementation of our policies and procedures to remedy any such material weaknesses, and prevent any potential material misstatements in our financial reporting. Any such misstatement could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, and subject us to civil and criminal fines and penalties. If our acquired companies fail to integrate in these important ways, or we fail to adequately understand the business operations of our acquired companies, our growth and financial results could suffer.
A number of other companies are seeking to make acquisitions in our industry, which may make our acquisition strategy more difficult or expensive to pursue.
The emergence and growth of podcasts and podcasting networks has brought increased media attention, and a number of companies and investors have been making acquisitions of such podcasts and/or businesses or announced their intention to do so. We compete with many of these companies, and certain of them have greater financial resources than we do for pursuing and consummating acquisitions and to further develop and integrate acquired businesses. Our strategy relies on our ability to consummate important future acquisitions to foster the growth of our core business and to establish ourselves as the key provider of streamed high-quality live music content. The increased focus on acquisitions of such companies may impede our ability to acquire these companies because they choose another acquirer. It could also increase the price that we must pay for these companies. Either of these outcomes could reduce our growth, harm our business and prevent us from achieving our strategic goals.
We may enter into acquisitions and take actions in connection with such transactions that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our future growth rate depends in part on our selective acquisition of additional businesses and assets. We may be unable to identify suitable targets for acquisition or make further acquisitions at favorable prices. If we identify a suitable acquisition candidate, our ability to successfully complete the acquisition would depend on a variety of factors, and may include our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms and requisite government approvals. In addition, any credit agreements or credit facilities that we may enter into in the future may restrict our ability to make certain acquisitions. In connection with future acquisitions, we could take certain actions that could adversely affect our business, including:
●
using a significant portion of our available cash;
●
issuing equity securities, which would dilute current stockholders’ percentage ownership;
●
incurring substantial debt;
●
incurring or assuming contingent liabilities, known or unknown;
●
incurring amortization expenses related to intangibles; and
●
incurring large accounting write-offs or impairments.
We may also enter into joint ventures, which involve certain unique risks, including, among others, risks relating to the lack of full control of the joint venture, potential disagreements with our joint venture partners about how to manage the joint venture, conflicting interests of the joint venture, requirement to fund the joint venture and its business not being profitable.
In addition, we cannot be certain that the due diligence investigation that we conduct with respect to any investment or acquisition opportunity will reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating such investment opportunity. For example, instances of fraud, accounting irregularities and other deceptive practices can be difficult to detect. Executive officers, directors and employees may be named as defendants in litigation involving a company we are acquiring or have acquired. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a particular investment or acquisition, we may fail to uncover all material issues relating to such investment, including regarding the controls and procedures of a particular target or the full scope of its contractual arrangements. We rely on our due diligence to identify potential liabilities in the businesses we acquire, including such things as potential or actual lawsuits, contractual obligations or liabilities imposed by government regulation. However, our due diligence process may not uncover these liabilities, and when or where we identify a potential liability, we may incorrectly believe that we can consummate the acquisition without subjecting ourselves to that liability. Therefore, it is possible that we could be subject to litigation in respect of these acquired businesses. If our due diligence fails to identify issues specific to an investment or acquisition, we may obtain a lower return from that transaction than the investment would return or otherwise subject ourselves to unexpected liabilities. We may also be forced to write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our shares of common stock.
Risks Relating to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
We have a limited operating history as a publicly-traded company, and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.
We have a limited operating history as a publicly-traded company, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results. You should not rely on our past results of operations as indicators of future performance. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies like ours.
Our stock price may be volatile, and could decline significantly and rapidly.
The trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors in addition to the ones described in the preceding risk factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
●
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition, results of operations, or operating metrics and those of our competitors;
●
the number of shares of our common stock made available for trading;
●
issuance of our and/or LiveOne’s equity or debt securities, or disclosure or announcements relating thereto;
●
our convertible debt securities being converted into equity or the anticipation of such conversion;
●
failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;
●
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our Company;
●
announcements by us or our competitors of significant events or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
●
lawsuits threatened or filed against us and/or LiveOne;
●
future sales of our common stock by LiveOne, us or our stockholders or the anticipation of such sales;
●
changes in our board of directors, senior management or key personnel;
●
the trading volume of our common stock;
●
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry;
●
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
●
changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;
●
significant data breaches, disruptions to, or other incidents involving our platform;
●
general economic and market conditions;
●
other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, pandemics, elections, or responses to these events; and
●
whether investors or securities analysts view our stock structure unfavorably, particularly our dual-class structure and the concentrated voting control of our executive officers, directors, and their affiliates.
In addition, stock markets with respect to newly public companies, particularly companies in the technology industry, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of these companies. Stock prices of many companies, including technology companies, have fluctuated in a manner often unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock shortly following the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market as a result of the supply and demand forces described above. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial expenses and divert our management’s attention.
An active, liquid, and orderly market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained.
Our common stock is listed and traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market. Prior to listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market on September 8, 2023, there has been no public market for our common stock. In the case of a lack of supply of our common stock, the trading price of our common stock may rise to an unsustainable level. Further, institutional investors may be discouraged from purchasing our common stock if they are unable to purchase a block of our common stock in the open market in a sufficient size for their investment objectives due to a potential unwillingness of our existing stockholders to sell a sufficient amount of our common stock at the price offered by such institutional investors and the greater influence individual investors have in setting the trading price. If institutional investors are unable to purchase our common stock in a sufficient amount for their investment objectives, the market for our common stock may be more volatile without the influence of long-term institutional investors holding significant amounts of our common stock. In the case of a lack of demand for our common stock, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and rapidly after our listing. Therefore, an active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our common stock may not initially develop or be sustained, which could significantly depress the trading price of our common stock and/or result in significant volatility, which could affect your ability to sell your shares of common stock.
LiveOne owns substantial majority percentage of our common stock and voting power and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval. Our Executive Chairman, Robert Ellin, and stockholders affiliated with him own a significant percentage of LiveOne common stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.
LiveOne beneficially owns a substantial majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock and voting power and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval. In addition, Robert Ellin, our Executive Chairman, and his affiliates beneficially own approximately 5.0% of shares of LiveOne’s common stock issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2025. Therefore, LiveOne and Mr. Ellin and stockholders affiliated with him may have the ability to influence us through their ownership positions. LiveOne and Mr. Ellin and these stockholders may be able to determine or significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, LiveOne and Mr. Ellin and these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control or significantly influence elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.
Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plan and any acquisition or financing agreement, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.
We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity and/or convertible securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell or otherwise issue our common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell or issue our common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent issuances. These issuances may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders. We may pay for future acquisitions with additional issuances of shares of our common stock as well, which would result in further dilution for existing stockholders.
Pursuant to our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”), there are 2,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance to our employees, directors and consultants. If our board of directors elects to issue additional shares of our common stock, stock options, restricted stock units and/or other equity-based awards under the 2022 Plan, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by certain of our stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock. All of our outstanding shares held by our directors, executive officers and entities affiliated with our directors prior to the Direct Listing are eligible for sale. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of any of our outstanding warrants are eligible for sale.
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
We cannot guarantee that LiveOne’s stock repurchase program will be consummated fully or that it will enhance our long-term shareholder value. Repurchases of our stock could also increase the volatility of the trading price of our stock and could diminish our cash reserves.
LiveOne has announced that its senior management and/or board of directors has authorized the repurchase of up to approximately $12.0 million worth of shares of LiveOne’s and/or our outstanding common stock from time to time, subject to a portion of the repurchase program being approved by LiveOne’s board of directors and any other applicable approvals and consents, which LiveOne fully expects to obtain. The timing, price, and quantity of purchases under the program will be at the discretion of LiveOne’s management and will depend upon a variety of factors including share price, general and business market conditions, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, corporate and regulatory requirements, and alternative uses of capital. The program may be expanded, suspended, or discontinued by LiveOne’s board of directors at any time. Although LiveOne’s board of directors has authorized a portion of this stock repurchase program, there is no guarantee as to the exact number of shares of our common stock, if any, that will be repurchased by LiveOne, and LiveOne may discontinue purchases at any time that management determines additional purchases are not warranted. We cannot guarantee that the program will be consummated, fully or all, or that it will enhance long-term stockholder value. The program could affect the trading price of our common stock and increase volatility, and any announcement of a termination of this program may result in a decrease in the trading price of our common stock. In addition, this program could diminish our cash reserves.
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and indemnification agreements that we have entered or intend to enter into with our directors and officers will provide that:
●
we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;
●
we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;
●
we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;
●
the rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and
●
we may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.
While we have procured directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, such insurance policies may not be available to us in the future at a reasonable rate, may not cover all potential claims for indemnification, and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide for an exclusive forum in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, and that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that: (i) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (B) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents, or stockholders to us or our stockholders, including, without limitation, a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (C) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents, or stockholders arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (D) any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; (ii) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) the exclusive forum provisions are intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the financial advisors to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional or entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering; and (iv) any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our shares of capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. Nothing in our current Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in federal court, to the extent that the Exchange Act confers exclusive federal jurisdiction over such claims, subject to applicable law.
We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums, and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.
The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) has adopted rules requiring that, in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative or low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA has indicated its belief that there is a high probability that speculative or low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. If these FINRA requirements are applicable to us or our securities, they may make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that at least some of their customers buy our common stock, which may limit the ability of our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market for and price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares of common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us. Securities and industry analysts currently provide publish limited research focused on our Company. If the current securities or industry analysts do not provide extensive coverage or commence coverage of our Company, the price and trading volume of our shares of common stock could be negatively impacted. If other securities or industry analysts initiate coverage and one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares of common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our Company, the price of our shares of common stock would likely decline. Furthermore, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares of common stock could decrease, which might cause the price of our shares of common stock and trading volume to decline.
We are currently a “smaller reporting company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects and may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
Because the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates was less than $250 million as of the last business day of our fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2024, we continue to be a “smaller reporting company” as defined by the SEC’s revised rules. As a “smaller reporting company,” we (i) are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in our filings, (ii) are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and (iii) have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in our filings with the SEC, including being required to provide only two years of audited financial statements in our annual reports. Consequently, it may be more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects. We will remain a smaller reporting company if we have either (i) a public float of less than $250 million held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of the second quarter of our then current fiscal year or (ii) annual revenues of less than $100 million during such recently completed fiscal year with less than $700 million in public float as of the last business day of the second quarter of such fiscal year.
If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. It is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
Section 382 and 383 (“Section 382 and 383”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), contains rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change to utilize its net operating losses (“NOLs”) and tax credits existing as of the date of such ownership change. Under the rules, such an ownership change is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of a company’s stock within a rolling three-year period. The rules generally operate by focusing on changes in ownership among stockholders considered by the rules as owning, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from new issuances of stock by the company. As a result of these Section 382 and 383 limitations, any ownership changes as defined by Section 382 and 383 may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset future taxable income.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Additionally, any credit and security agreement that we may enter into in the future will likely contain covenants that will restrict our ability to pay dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 404), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, and limit the market price of our common stock.
Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws will include provisions that:
●
authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;
●
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors;
●
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; and
●
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.
These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. In addition, these provisions may frustrate, discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of our Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our common stock in an acquisition.
***
The risks above do not necessarily comprise of all those associated with an investment in our Company. This Annual Report contains forward looking statements that involve unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, financial condition, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those set out above.

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Item 2. Properties
PodcastOne leases its Los Angeles premises located at 345 North Maple Drive, Suite 295, Beverly Hills, CA 90210 consisting of approximately 1,398 square feet of office and podcast studio space under a lease agreement expiring in June 2026, which we intend to continue as a month to month lease. We believe that this property is in good condition and suitable for the conduct of our business. We currently have no policy with respect to investments or interests in real estate, real estate mortgages or securities of, or interests in, persons primarily engaged in real estate activities.

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are from time to time, party to various legal proceedings arising out of our business. Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies, to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data, and are incorporated herein by reference. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

---

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Shares of our common stock have been trading publicly on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "PODC" since September 8, 2023.
Number of Holders
As of March 31, 2025, there were 392 stockholders of record of our common stock. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any determination to pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Annual Report for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Other than as set forth below and as reported in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K, there have been no other sales or issuances of unregistered securities since September 8, 2023 were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
Issuances of Shares, Options and Restricted Stock Units to Consultants, Employees, and Vendors
Fiscal Year 2025
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we issued an aggregate of 2,408,058 shares of our common stock to our consultants, employees, and vendors.
Issuance of Securities in Private Offerings for Cash
Fiscal Year 2025
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
(c)
(d)
Total
Maximum
number of
number
shares
(or approximate
(or units)
dollar value) of
(a)
purchased
shares
Total
(b)
as part of
(or units)
number of
Average
publicly
that may yet
shares
price paid
announced
be purchased
(or units)
per share
plans or
under the plans
Period
purchased
(or unit)
programs
or programs
January 1, 2025 - January 31, 2025
-
$ -
-
$ 6,500,000
February 1, 2025 - February 28, 2025
-
$ -
-
$ 6,500,000
March 1, 2025 - March 31, 2025
-
$ -
-
$ 6,500,000
Total (January 1, 2025 - March 31, 2025)
-
$ -
-
$ 6,500,000
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations or forecasts for future events, including without limitation our earnings, revenues, expenses or other future financial or business performance or strategies, or the impact of legal or regulatory matters on our business, results of operations or financial condition. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “will likely result,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “continue,” “target” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are based on information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report and on our current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements herein due to a variety of factors, including: our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy, including relating to our technology platforms and applications; our ability to attract, maintain and increase the number of our listeners; management’s relationships with industry stakeholders; if and when required, our ability to obtain additional capital, including to fund our and/or LiveOne’s current debt obligations and to fund potential acquisitions and capital expenditures; our and LiveOne’s ability to consummate any proposed financing, acquisition, merger, distribution or other transaction, the timing of the consummation of any such proposed event, including the risks that a condition to the consummation of any such event would not be satisfied within the expected timeframe or at all, or that the consummation of any proposed financing, acquisition, merger, special dividend, distribution or transaction will not occur or whether any such event will enhance shareholder value; our ability to continue as a going concern; our ability to identify, acquire, secure and develop content; our ability to recognize and timely implement future technologies in the music and live streaming space; our ability to capitalize on investments in developing our service offerings, including our ability to deliver and develop upon current and future technologies; significant product development expenses associated with our technology initiatives; our ability to timely and economically obtain necessary approval(s), releases and or licenses on a timely basis for the use of our content on an appliable platform; our ability to obtain and maintain international authorizations to operate our service over the proper foreign jurisdictions our listeners utilize; our ability to expand our service offerings and deliver on our service roadmap; our ability to timely and cost-effectively produce, identify and or deliver compelling content that brands will advertise on and/or listeners desire to listen to; general economic and technological circumstances in the podcasting and digital streaming markets; our ability to obtain and maintain our current and new desirable content; the loss of, or failure to realize benefits from, agreements with our content providers and partners; unfavorable economic conditions in the podcasting industry and economy as a whole; our ability to expand our domestic or international operations, including our ability to grow our business with current and potential future podcasting platforms and partners; the effects of service interruptions or delays, technology failures, material defects or errors in our software, damage to our equipment or geopolitical restrictions; costs associated with defending pending or future intellectual property infringement actions and other litigation or claims; increases in our projected capital expenditures due to, among other things, unexpected costs incurred in connection with the roll out of our technology roadmap or our plans of expansion in North America and internationally; fluctuation in our operating results; the demand for podcasting and digital media streaming services and market acceptance for our products and services; LiveOne’s reliance on its largest OEM customer for a substantial percentage of its revenue; LiveOne’s intent to repurchase shares of its and/or our common stock from time to time under LiveOne’s announced stock repurchase program and the timing, price, and quantity of repurchases, if any, under the program; LiveOne’s ability to maintain compliance with certain of its financial and other covenants; our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to make payments on our and/or LiveOne’s indebtedness; LiveOne’s ability to repay its indebtedness when due; LiveOne’s ability to satisfy the conditions for closing on its announced additional convertible debentures financing; our incurrence of additional indebtedness in the future; uncertain and unfavorable outcomes in legal proceedings and/or our and/or LiveOne’s ability to pay any amounts due in connection with any such legal proceedings; changes in economic conditions; competition; risks and uncertainties applicable to the businesses of our Company, LiveOne and/or LiveOne’s other subsidiaries; and other risks, uncertainties and factors set forth herein. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those set forth below in Part II - Item 1A. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of as a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.
The following discussion and analysis of our business and results of operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, and our financial conditions at that date, should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. As used herein, “PodcastOne,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” and similar terms refer collectively to PodcastOne, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.
Overview
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 5, 2014 and are a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes our content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms, including our website (www.podcastone.com), our PodcastOne app, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music and more. We were recently ranked as high as #8 on the list of Top Podcast Publishers by the podcast metric company Podtrac.
After the completion of the spin-out of our Company from LiveOne the ("Spin-Out"), we became a standalone publicly traded company trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PODC”. We remain a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne, a Nasdaq listed company. We intend to mitigate risk by acquiring multiple assets over time and across a broad spectrum of podcast related media and companies. We intend to develop these assets to provide returns via organic growth, revenue production, out-licensing, sale or spin out.
We also produce vodcasts (video podcasts), branded podcasts, merchandise and live events on behalf of our talent and clients. With a proven 360-degree advertiser solution for multiplatform integration opportunities and hyper-targeting, we deliver millions of monthly impressions, 5.7+ million monthly unique listeners and 19+ million IAB monthly downloads. With content covering all verticals (i.e. sports, entertainment, true-crime, business, audio dramas, self-growth, etc.), we provide a platform for brands to reach their most sought after targeted audiences.
Our operating model is focused on offering white glove service to our shows, talent and advertising clients. With an in-house sales, production, marketing, and tech team, we believe PodcastOne delivers more to clients and talent than any other publisher in the marketplace. This allows us to scale our operations while attracting talent who bring in brand advertisers and revenue. We earn revenue through the sale of embedded host-read ads, dynamic ads (host read and otherwise), segment sponsorships, and programmatic monetization channels. We also provide the opportunity for clients to have 100% share of voice with branded podcast episodes or series as well as live tours, merch and IP ownership for original programming.
In addition to our core business, we also built, own and operate a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, Launchpad One. Launchpad One is a self-publishing podcast platform, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. Launchpad One serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years driven by increased advertising activity. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, our revenue was $52.1 million and $43.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 20%.
We are more than a podcast company. We are in the relationship business. Brands and creators partner with us to reach consumers who will purchase, listen and subscribe to their favorite PodcastOne podcasts across the audio landscape. We offer content for every type of listener with verticals including reality TV, sports, true crime self-help, and business. The visibility and reach of our network is evident with shows which consistently rank in the top 100 on the Apple Charts.
Our Business Model
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Our advertising strategy centers on the belief that advertising products that are based on content and are relevant to the Ad-Supported User can enhance Ad-Supported Users’ experiences and provide even greater returns for advertisers through the strength of our host-read embedded promos. According to a Super Listener Survey in 2021, an estimated 49% of listeners believe the hosts actually use the products and services they recommend and 60% of podcast listeners say they have bought something from hearing a podcast ad. Offering advertisers additional ways to purchase advertising on a programmatic basis is another key way that we expand our portfolio of advertising products and enhance advertising revenue. Furthermore, we continue to focus on analytics and measurement tools to evaluate, demonstrate, and improve the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on our platform.
When we are onboard new talent both parties have the common interest of creating content that advertisers want to purchase. We craft our deals with a percentage split of the advertising revenue (host-read embedded ads, DAI and programmatic) which strengthens our partnerships because when advertisers spend, we all win.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that the growth and future success of our business depends on many factors. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for our business, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations.
Impressions
The digital advertising industry is introducing new ways to measure and price advertising inventory. For example, a significant portion of advertisers are in the process of moving from purchasing advertisement impressions based on the number of advertisements served by the applicable ad server to a new “viewable” impression standard (based on number of pixels in view and duration) for select products. In the absence of a uniform industry standard, agencies and advertisers have adopted several different measurement methodologies and standards. In addition, measurement services may require technological integrations, which are still being evaluated by the advertising industry without an agreed-upon industry standard metric. As these trends in the industry continue to evolve, our advertising revenue may be adversely affected by the availability, accuracy, and utility of the available analytics and measurement technologies as well as our ability to successfully implement and operationalize such technologies and standards.
Further, the digital advertising industry is shifting to data-driven technologies and advertising products, such as automated buying. These data-driven advertising products and automated buying technologies allow publishers and advertisers to use data to target advertising toward specific groups of users who are more likely to be interested in the advertising message delivered to them. These advertising products and programmatic technologies are currently more developed in terms of advertising technology and industry adoption on the web than they are on mobile or on other software applications, and may not integrate with our desktop software version of the ad-supported services. Because the majority of our ad-supported user hours occur on mobile devices, if we are unable to deploy effective solutions to monetize the mobile device usage by our ad-supported user base, our ability to attract advertising spend, and ultimately our advertising revenue, may be adversely affected by this shift. In addition, we rely on third-party advertising technology platforms to participate in automated buying, and if these platforms cease to operate or experience instability in their business models, it also may adversely affect our ability to capture advertising spend.
We generate revenue by charging CPM based on the volume of purchased digital ads that we measure on behalf of these customers. If the volume of impressions we measure does not continue to grow or decreases for any reason, our business will suffer. For example, if digital ad spending remains constant and our advertiser customers transition to higher CPM ad inventory, overall impression volumes may decrease, which may result in fewer impressions for us to verify and a corresponding decline in our revenues.
Podcast Services
Our podcasts are available to users online alongside LiveOne’s digital Internet radio. Our users are able to listen to a variety of podcasts, from music, radio personalities, news, entertainment, comedy and sports. The podcasts are available on the LiveOne platforms and also on other leading podcast listening platforms such as Apple Music, Spotify, and Amazon. We monetize podcasts through paid advertising. We own one of the largest networks of podcast content in North America, which has over 300 exclusive podcast shows that produces over 275 episodes per week and has generated over 3.6 billion downloads to date.
In addition to our core business, we have also build, own and operate a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, LaunchpadOne. LaunchpadOne is a self-publishing podcast platform, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. LaunchpadOne serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
Key Business Metric
We review various operating and financial metrics, including the number of podcasts downloaded to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. However, while we believe that other than the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform, such metrics do not materially help to evaluate our business, measure our performance or provide a better understanding of our results, our management uses its experience and understanding of the podcasting and advertising industry to evaluate such metrics, as well as CPM and various underlying podcast agreement terms (such as minimum guarantee payments, term, marketing spend) and others, such as advertiser engagement with a show, on a show by show basis and in totality across all shows on our network to predict our future business and financial performance. Accordingly, we are not aware of any uniform standards for calculating these key metrics, which may hinder comparability with other companies who may calculate similarly-titled metrics in a different way, and provide the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform as the metric that we believe provides the best understanding of our results, as more fully discussed below.
Year Ended
March 31,
YoY Growth
Number of podcast downloads
204,709,000
368,812,413
(44 )%
The decrease in the number of podcast downloads can be attributed to due largely to modified download behavior by Apple iOS 17 as it continues to be adopted by podcast listeners, as well as the departure of non-revenue generating partner networks from our podcast network.
Number of Podcast Downloads
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Therefore we believe our ability to grow and measure our effectiveness of advertisers is dependent on tracking the number of podcast downloaded on our platform.
Basis of Presentation
Our results of operations and financial position are consolidated with LiveOne’s financial statements and these financial statements have been derived as if we had operated on a standalone basis during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts recorded for related party transactions with LiveOne may not be considered arm’s length transactions and therefore, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we engaged in such transactions with an unrelated third party during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Accordingly, our historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future, if and when we contract at arm’s length with unrelated third parties for services they receive from LiveOne.
Limitations and Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for financial information presented under U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of non-GAAP financial measures versus comparable financial measures determined under U.S. GAAP. For example, other companies in our industry may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect our future contractual commitments and the total increase or decrease of our cash balance for a given period. All of these limitations could reduce the usefulness of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools. Investors are encouraged to review the related U.S. GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures and to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
We generate revenue primarily from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue performed on a monthly basis which represents our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. We earn advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists of direct costs comprised of revenue sharing expenses owed to content creators and commissions.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of cost of sales, product development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel-related expenses are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, and, in the case of sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions. Operating expenses also include an allocation of overhead costs for facilities and shared IT-related expenses. As we continue to invest in our business, we expect our operating expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount, and although we believe our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease over the longer term, we expect operating expenses as a percentage of revenue will increase in the short term as we invest in product innovation and sales growth and incur additional professional services and compliance costs as we operate as a public company.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and Marketing include direct and indirect costs related to our advertising and marketing. Additionally, sales and marketing include merchandising advertising and royalty costs. Advertising expenses to promote our services are expensed as incurred.
Product Development
Product development costs not capitalized are primarily expenses for research and development, product and content development activities, including internal software development and improvement costs which have not been capitalized by us.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses for our finance, human resources, information technology, and legal organizations. These expenses also include non-personnel costs, such as outside legal, accounting, and other professional fees, software subscriptions, as well as certain tax, license, and insurance-related expenses, and allocated overhead costs.
We also recognized certain expenses as part of our transition to a publicly-traded company, consisting of professional fees and other expenses. In the quarters leading up to the listing of our common stock, we incurred professional fees and expenses, and in the quarter of our listing we incurred fees paid to our financial advisors in addition to other professional fees and expenses related to such listing. After the listing of our common stock, we continue to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a U.S. securities exchange and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). In addition, as a public company, we continue to incur additional costs associated with accounting, compliance, insurance, and investor relations. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount for the foreseeable future but to generally decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period depending on the timing and amount of our general and administrative expenses, including in the short term as we expect to incur increased compliance and professional service costs.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense and gain/losses on derivatives.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119
$ 43,302
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales
47,394
37,326
Sales and marketing
3,479
4,558
Product development
General and administrative
6,205
5,448
Impairment of intangible and fixed assets
-
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089
Total operating expenses
58,553
48,313
Loss from operations
(6,434 )
(5,011 )
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
-
(2,247 )
Change in fair value of derivatives
-
(7,603 )
Other income
-
Total other expense, net
-
(9,666 )
Loss before provision for income taxes
(6,434 )
(14,677 )
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
$ (6,458 )
$ (14,732 )
Net loss per share - basic and diluted
$ (0.26 )
$ (0.68 )
Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted
24,381,613
21,767,810
The following table provides the depreciation expense included in the above line items (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Depreciation expense
Cost of sales
$
$
%
Sales and marketing
(6 )%
General and administrative
%
Total depreciation expense
$
$
(1 )%
The following table provides the stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Stock-based compensation expense
Cost of sales
$
$
(86 )%
Sales and marketing
(96 )%
Product development
-
(100 )%
General and administrative
4,091
2,098
%
Total stock-based compensation expense
$ 4,215
$ 3,483
%
The following table provides our results of operations, as a percentage of revenue, for the periods presented:
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue
%
%
Operating expenses
Cost of sales
%
%
Sales and marketing
%
%
Product development
%
%
General and administrative
%
%
Impairment of intangible assets
%
%
Amortization of intangible assets
%
%
Total operating expenses
%
%
Income (loss) from operations
(12 )%
(12 )%
Other income (expense), net
%
(22 )%
Loss before income taxes
(12 )%
(34 )%
Income tax provision
%
%
Net loss
(12 )%
(34 )%
Revenue
Revenue increased $8.8 million, or 20%, for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 ("fiscal 2025") compared to our year ended March 31, 2024 ("fiscal 2024"). The increase in revenue was primarily due to the increase in advertising inventory. $8.2 million or 94% of the increase can be attributed to our single largest customer.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased $10.7 million, or 27%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase was in line with our revenue growth as revenue share splits with our content creators remained consistent.
Operating Expenses
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Sales and marketing expenses
$ 3,479
$ 4,558
(24 )%
Product development
(39 )%
General and administrative
6,205
5,448
%
Impairment of intangible assets
-
%
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089
%
Total Other Operating Expenses
$ 11,159
$ 10,987
%
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses decreased $1.1 million, or 24%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The decrease was primarily due to less advertising spending as it pertained to marketing our podcast shows.
Product Development
Product development decreased $0.1 million, or 39%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in project activity.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 14%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation and our legal and accounting fees.
Impairment of Intangible and Fixed Assets
Impairment of intangible assets increased by $0.3 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase is attributed to the cancellation of a show previously acquired (see Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets) in the amount of $.02 million and the remining due to ceasing to use some of the company's internally developed software.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets increased by $0.2 million, or 22%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase can be attributed to the increase in content related intangibles associated with the acquisition of certain podcasts.
Other Income (Expense), net
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Total other income (expense), net
$ -
$ (9,666 )
%
Other income (expense), net decreased $9.7 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase is primarily due to an increase of $7.6 million due to the change in fair value of derivatives. In addition, there was a decrease of $2.2 million in interest expense attributed to the payoff of our Bridge Loan (as defined below), which began in July 2022 and was extinguished in September 2023.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The following table presents certain non-GAAP financial measures, along with the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for each period presented below. In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. See below for a description of the non-GAAP financial measures and their limitations as an analytical tool. A reconciliation is also provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Contribution Margin
Contribution Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as Revenue less Cost of Sales.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income (loss) before (a) non-cash GAAP purchase accounting adjustments for certain deferred revenue and costs, (b) legal, accounting and other professional fees directly attributable to acquisition activity, (c) employee severance payments and third party professional fees directly attributable to acquisition or corporate realignment activities, (d) certain non-recurring expenses associated with legal settlements or reserves for legal settlements in the period that pertain to historical matters that existed at acquired companies prior to their purchase date, (e) interest and other collateral/loan-related fees, (f) depreciation and amortization (including goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if any), and (g) certain stock-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance. We believe that information about Adjusted EBITDA assists investors by allowing them to evaluate changes in the operating results of our business separate from non-operational factors that affect net income (loss), thus providing insights into both operations and the other factors that affect reported results. Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP. A limitation of the use of Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain amortizing assets used in generating revenue in our business. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, operating income (loss), net income (loss), and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. Furthermore, this measure may vary among other companies; thus, Adjusted EBITDA as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Revenue.
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP financial measure for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
Non-
Recurring
Depreciation
Acquisition and
Other
(Benefit)
Net Income
and
Stock-Based
Realignment
(Income)
Provision
Adjusted
(Loss)
Amortization
Compensation
Costs
Expense
for Taxes
EBITDA
Year Ended March 31, 2025
Total
$ (6,458 )
$ 1,671
$ 4,215
$
$ -
$
$ (501 )
Year Ended March 31, 2024
Total
$ (14,732 )
$ 1,148
$ 3,483
$
$ 9,666
$
$
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Contribution Margin to Revenue, the most comparable GAAP financial measure (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119
$ 43,302
Less:
Cost of sales
(47,394 )
(37,326 )
Amortization of developed technology
(227 )
(228 )
Gross Profit
4,498
5,748
Add back amortization of developed technology:
Contribution Margin
$ 4,725
$ 5,976
Limitations and Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for financial information presented under U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of non-GAAP financial measures versus comparable financial measures determined under U.S. GAAP. For example, other companies in our industry may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect our future contractual commitments and the total increase or decrease of our cash balance for a given period. All of these limitations could reduce the usefulness of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools. Investors are encouraged to review the related U.S. GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures and to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates. We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, the assigned value of acquired tangible and intangible assets and assumed and contingent liabilities associated with business combinations, provision for legal settlements, useful lives and impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and other assets, the fair value of our equity-based compensation awards and convertible debt instruments, and valuation of deferred income tax assets and liabilities, have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We account for a contract with a customer when an approved contract exists, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and the collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable. Revenue is recognized when we satisfy our obligation by transferring control of the goods or services to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We use the expected value method to estimate the value of variable consideration on advertising and with original equipment manufacturer contracts to include in the transaction price and reflect changes to such estimates in periods in which they occur. Variable consideration for these services is allocated to and recognized over the related time period such advertising and membership services are rendered as the amounts reflect the consideration we are entitled to and relate specifically to our efforts to satisfy our performance obligation. The amount of variable consideration included in revenue is limited to the extent that it is probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
We report revenue on a gross or net basis based on management’s assessment of whether we act as a principal or agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as the principal, revenue is reported on a gross basis net of any sales tax from customers, when applicable. The determination of whether we act as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether we control the good or service prior to transfer to the customer. Where applicable, we have determined that we act as the principal in all of its membership service streams and may act as principal or agent for our advertising and licensing revenue streams.
Advertising Revenue
Advertising revenue primarily consist of revenues generated from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue on a monthly basis which represents the Company’s efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. The Company earns advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions..
From time to time we enter into barter transactions involving advertising provided in exchange for goods and services. Revenue from barter transactions is recognized ratably over time based on the terms of the contract as delivery of impressions is performed on a consistent basis. The transaction price for these contracts is measured at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received unless this is not reasonably estimable, in which case the consideration is measured based on the standalone selling price of the advertising spots promised or delivered to the customer. Services received are charged to expense in the same manner.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. This model requires us to estimate the expected volatility and the expected term of the stock options which are highly complex and subjective variables. The variables take into consideration, among other things, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior. We use a predicted volatility of its stock price during the expected life of the options that is based on the historical performance of our stock price as well as including an estimate using guideline companies. Expected term is computed using the simplified method as the Company’s best estimate given its lack of actual exercise history. We have selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the expected term of the stock. Stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.
Stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at the grant date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. We record the fair value of these equity-based awards and expense at their cost ratably over related vesting periods.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting where the cost is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired, based on their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. Additionally, any contingent consideration is recorded at fair value on the acquisition date and classified as a liability. Goodwill is recognized to the extent by which the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree exceeds the recognized basis of the identifiable assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenue, expenses and cash flows, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimates of customer turnover rates and estimates of terminal values.
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC Topic 470-20-25, when we issue debt with warrants, we treat the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either a liability or within equity in our consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. We determine the value of the warrants using an appropriate valuation method, including a Black-Scholes or Monte-Carlo Simulation. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The debt is treated as conventional debt.
Convertible Debt - Derivative Treatment
When we issue debt with a conversion feature, we must first assess whether the conversion feature meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, as follows: (a) one or more underlyings, typically the price of our common stock; (b) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; (c) no initial net investment, which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and (d) net settlement provisions, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion can be readily sold for cash. An embedded equity-linked component that meets the definition of a derivative does not have to be separated from the host instrument if the component qualifies for the scope exception for certain contracts involving an issuer’s own equity. The scope exception applies if the contract is both (a) indexed to its own stock; and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in its balance sheet.
If the conversion feature within convertible debt meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, we estimate the fair value of the convertible debt derivative using the appropriate valuation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is higher than the face value of the convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The convertible debt derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt.
Debt Modifications and Extinguishments
When we modify or extinguishes debt, we first evaluate the debt and determine whether the modification qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) under ASC Topic 470-60, which requires debt modifications to be evaluated if (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, and (2) the lender grants the borrower a concession. If a TDR is determined not to have occurred, we evaluate the modification in accordance with ASC Topic 470-50-40, which requires modification to debt instruments to be evaluated to assess whether the modifications are considered “substantial modifications”. A substantial modification of terms is accounted for like an extinguishment.
If there is a conversion feature within the debt instrument, we evaluate whether the conversion feature should be bifurcated under ASC 815 as a derivative. If we believe the embedded conversion feature has no fair value on the date of issuance (measurement date) and the embedded conversion feature has no beneficial conversion feature, the embedded conversion feature does not meet the criteria in ASC 470-50-40-10 or 470-20-25 and the issuance of the convertible debt is considered a modification, and not an extinguishment that would require the recognition of a gain or loss. If we determine the change in fair value of the derivative meets the criteria for substantial modification under ASC 470 it will treat the modification as extinguishment and recognize a loss from debt extinguishment.
Commitments and Contingencies
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and other matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business activities. Many of these proceedings may be at preliminary stages and/or seek an indeterminate amount of damages. We regularly evaluate the status of our commitments and contingencies in which we are involved to (i) assess whether a material loss is probable or there is at least a reasonable possibility that a material loss or an additional material loss in excess of a recorded accrual may have been incurred and (ii) determine if financial accruals are required when appropriate. We record an expense accrual for any commitments and loss contingency when we determine that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If an expense accrual is not appropriate, we further evaluate each matter to assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made and whether or not any such matter requires additional disclosure. There can be no assurance that any proceeding against us will be resolved in amounts that will not differ from the amounts of estimated exposures. Legal fees and other costs of defending litigation are expensed as incurred.
Non-Income Tax Contingencies
We do not collect and remit sales and use or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable or legally required.
The June 2018 U.S. Supreme Court ruling in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., No. 17-494, along with the application of existing, new or future rulings and laws, could have adverse effects on our business, prospects and operating results.
Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Finite Lives
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination, and allocate the purchase price of each acquired business to its respective net tangible and intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets principally comprise of customer relationships and technology. We determine the appropriate useful life by performing an analysis of expected cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which the majority of the economic benefits is expected to be consumed.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or when events or circumstances change that would indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Events or circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends or significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets, and other long-lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. These trigger events or changes in circumstances include, but are not limited to a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse changes in legal factors, including changes that could result from our inability to renew or replace material agreements with certain of our partners such as Tesla Motors on favorable terms, significant adverse changes in the business climate including changes which may result from adverse shifts in technology in our industry and the impact of competition, a significant adverse deterioration in the amount of revenue or cash flows we expect to generate from an asset group, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. We perform impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. In making this determination, we consider the specific operating characteristics of the relevant long-lived assets, including (i) the nature of the direct and any indirect revenues generated by the assets; (ii) the interdependency of the revenues generated by the assets; and (iii) the nature and extent of any shared costs necessary to operate the assets in their intended use. An impairment test would be performed when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group is less than its carrying amount. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset by comparing its carrying value to its fair value. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. The key estimates applied when preparing cash flow projections relate to revenue, operating margins, economic lives of assets, overheads, taxation and discount rates. To date, we have not recognized any such impairment loss associated with our long-lived assets.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is the same or one level below an operating segment. In any year we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is in excess of its carrying value. If we cannot determine qualitatively that the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, or we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment, we perform a quantitative analysis. The quantitative analysis is used to identify both the existence of impairment and the amount of the impairment loss by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. The estimated fair value is based on internal projections of expected future cash flows and operating plans, as well as market conditions relative to the operations of our reporting units. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired; otherwise, an impairment loss is recognized within our consolidated statements of operations in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Current Financial Condition
As of March 31, 2025, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $1.1 million, which primarily are invested in cash in banking institutions in the U.S. The vast majority of our cash proceeds were received as a result of our operations, completed private placement offering (the “Bridge Loan”) of our unsecured convertible notes with an original issue discount of 10% (the “OID”) in the aggregate principal amount of $8.8 million (the “Bridge Notes”) and intercompany loans from our parent, LiveOne. All of such Bridge Notes were converted into shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of our Direct Listing. As of March 31, 2025, we had a net related party payable balance of $0.2 million. Our parent is required to maintain a minimum cash balance as a result of debt covenants on its debt.
Our long-term ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, and obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing. Our ability to continue as a going concern is also dependent its ability to further develop and execute on our business plan. We may also have to reduce certain overhead costs through the reduction of salaries and other means and settle liabilities through negotiation. There can be no assurance that management’s attempts at any or all of these endeavors will be successful.
Sources of Liquidity
On July 15, 2022, we completed a private placement offering of the Bridge Notes for gross proceeds of $8.0 million. In connection with the sale of the Bridge Notes, the holders of the Bridge Note received the Bridge Warrants, and we issued the Placement Agent Warrants to the placement agent. The Bridge Notes were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2023, subject to a one-time three-month extension at our election. We elected the extension and extended the maturity date to October 15, 2023. On September 8, 2023, we completed a Qualified Event (as defined in the Bridge Notes) as a result of our direct listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market on such date. In connection with such completed Qualified Event, all of the remaining Bridge Notes (including interest thereunder) in the aggregate amount of approximately $7.02 million converted into approximately 2,341,000 shares of our common stock at the conversion price of $3.00 per share, and the exercise price of the Bridge Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants was fixed at $3.00 per share. As a result of the Spin-Out, we issued 3,114,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock all of which were issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025.
In August 2023, LiveOne entered into a $1.7 million secured loan with Capchase which accrues interest at 8% and matures 30 months form issuance (the “Capchase Loan”). On January 28, 2025, LiveOne entered into a new Business Loan Agreement (the “2025 Business Loan Agreement”) with its then senior lender to update certain terms of its former credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”), including to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the promissory note underlying the facility (the “Promissory Note”) to $3,750,000, reflecting LiveOne’s repayment of the ABL Credit Facility as of such date, and to extend the maturity date of the Promissory Note to November 20, 2025.
On May 19, 2025, we and LiveOne entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers our Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures (the “Initial Debentures”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,775,000 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $15,250,000, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions (as defined below), LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers its additional Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $11,000,000 on substantially the same terms as the Initial Debentures (the “Additional Debentures” and collectively with the Initial Debentures, the “Debentures”). The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. LiveOne may sell to the Purchasers the Additional Debentures if within 15 months of the Closing Date either of the following conditions have been satisfied during such 15-month period (the “Conditions”): (x) the VWAP (as defined in the SPA) of LiveOne’s common stock has been equal to or greater than $4.20 per share (subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations) for 30 consecutive trading days, or (y) Free Cash Flow (as defined in the SPA) has been equal to or greater to $3,000,000 for three consecutive fiscal quarters, and has increased in each of the foregoing quarters from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month. In connection with the sale of the Debentures, LiveOne paid off all obligations owing under, and terminated, the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, and all related loan agreements.
As of May 31, 2025, LiveOne’s total outstanding consolidated indebtedness was $17.4 million, net of fees and discounts, which consisted of the Debentures and the Capchase Loan. The ABL Credit Facility documents contain a covenant that if a material adverse change occurs in its financial condition, or such lender reasonably believes the prospect of payment or performance of their loan is materially impaired, the lender at its option may immediately accelerate their debt and require LiveOne to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder. For example, if for any reason LiveOne fails to comply with the terms of its settlement agreement with SoundExchange, its senior credit facility provider may declare an event of default and at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the senior credit facility, which would materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
On October 1, 2024, LiveOne announced an amended relationship with our largest OEM customer. The OEM customer no longer subsidize LiveOne's services to some of its customers, however, LiveOne continues to offer all OEM customer vehicles in North America the opportunity to convert to become direct subscribers of LiveOne’s LiveOne music app. The direct subscription to the LiveOne app allows such users for the first time to access their LiveOne music and LiveOne’s other service offerings directly across all of their devices. LiveOne’s music streaming button/icon, which allows users to directly connect their subscription to LiveOne, is expected to remain in the OEM customer’s music streaming services dashboard in perpetuity. The OEM customer will continue to pay LiveOne monthly for grandfathered vehicles for the term of the OEM license agreement. Accordingly, the change in LiveOne’s relationship with the OEM customer in October 2024 is likely to cause its liquidity and cash flows to fluctuate significantly beyond March 31, 2025, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly beyond March 31, 2025. LiveOne’s liquidity will depend upon its ability to convert as many of the OEM drivers as possible to become direct subscribers of its LiveOne app and the OEM customer continuing to pay for any grandfather users, as well as LiveOne’s ability to enter into new B2B agreements to provide its services that could materially contribute to our liquidity and cash flows, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly. In addition, LiveOne’s liquidity will depend on its ability to negotiate with its music labels, publishers and other partners to achieve flexibility in the terms of its license agreements to match their OEM driver conversions, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, LiveOne’s liquidity will be dependent on its ability to repay the Debentures when due and/or pay any amounts that LiveOne has agreed to pay under the SX Settlement Agreement, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly.
We are looking to secure additional interim financing in the immediate future, which is needed to continue our current level of operations in the future and satisfy our obligations. In the absence of additional sources of liquidity, management anticipates that existing cash resources will not be sufficient to meet current operating and liquidity needs beyond June 2026. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional liquidity or be successful in raising additional funds or that such required funds, if available, will be available on attractive terms, or at all, or that they will not have a significant dilutive effect on our existing stockholders. In addition, management is unable to determine at this time whether any of these potential sources of liquidity will be adequate to support our future business operations. While we do not currently anticipate delays or hindrances to our current business operations and initiatives schedule due to liquidity constraints, without additional funding we may not be able to continue our current level of business operations in the future.
Subject to applicable limitations in the instruments governing our outstanding indebtedness, if any, we may also use our current cash and cash equivalents to repurchase shares of our common stock, some or all of our convertible notes and pay down our debt, in part or in full. We may do so in the open market, through tender offers, through exchanges for debt or equity securities, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.
In the future, we may utilize additional commercial financings, bonds, notes, debentures, lines of credit and term loans with a syndicate of commercial banks or other bank syndicates and/or issue equity securities (publicly or privately) for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investing in our intangible assets, content, platform and technologies.
As reflected in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, we have a history of losses and had working capital of $1.5 million as of March 31, 2025. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date that the financial statements are issued. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm in their audit report to our financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to execute our strategy and on our ability to raise additional funds through the sale of equity and/or debt securities via public and/or private offerings.
Our long-term ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, and/or obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing. Our ability to continue as a going concern is also dependent its ability to further develop and execute on our business plan. We may also have to reduce certain overhead costs through the reduction of salaries and other means and settle liabilities through negotiation. There can be no assurance that management’s attempts at any or all of these endeavors will be successful.
Credit Agreement and Other Debt
For additional information regarding our credit agreement and other debt, see “Contractual Obligations” in this Item 7 below and in the footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Notes 6,7, and 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report).
Sources and Uses of Cash
Cash Flows
The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$ (212 )
$ 2,211
Net cash used in investing activities
(154 )
(1,328 )
Net cash used in financing activities
-
(3,000 )
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$ (366 )
$ (2,117 )
Cash (Used In) Provided By Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 of $0.2 million primarily resulted from our net loss during the period of $6.5 million, which included non-cash charges of $4.4 million largely comprised of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, provision for credit losses and impairment of intangibles. The remainder of our sources of cash used in operating activities of $1.8 million for this period was from changes in our working capital, including $2.4 million from timing of intercompany payables/receivables.
Net cash provided by our operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $2.2 million primarily resulted from our net loss during the period of $14.7 million, which included non-cash charges of $13.8 million largely comprised of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, accretion of debt discount and change in fair value of derivatives. The remainder of our sources of cash used in operating activities of $3.2 million for this period was from changes in our working capital, including $2.0 million from timing of intercompany payables/receivables.
Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 of $0.2 million was principally due to the $0.2 million of cash used for the purchase of property and equipment during such period.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $1.3 million was principally due to the $1.0 million of cash used for the purchase of intangibles and $0.3 million of cash used for the purchase of property and equipment during such period.
Cash Flows Used In Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 was none.
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $3.0 million was primarily due to the repayment of our PC1 Bridge Loan of $3.0 million.
Debt Covenants
As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne was in compliance with all covenants under the Capchase Loan and the ABL Credit Facility.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP; Los Angeles, California; PCAOB ID#324)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
PodcastOne, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PodcastOne, Inc. (a subsidiary of LiveOne, Inc.) (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern Uncertainty
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows from operating activities and has a net capital deficiency. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2022.
Los Angeles, CA
July 2, 2025
PCAOB ID No. 324
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
March 31,
March 31,
Assets
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Accounts receivable, net
6,246 6,023
Prepaid expense and other current assets
230 1,105
Total Current Assets
7,555 8,573
Property and equipment, net
59 309
Goodwill
12,041 12,041
Intangible assets, net
1,186 3,145
Related party receivable
354 57
Total Assets
$ 21,195 $ 24,125
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$ 5,539 $ 7,383
Related party payable
514 315
Total Current Liabilities
6,053 7,698
Other long-term liabilities
- 86
Total Liabilities
6,053 7,784
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, par value $0.00001, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively
- -
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively; 26,016,107 and 23,608,049 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively
- -
Additional paid in capital
51,211 45,952
Accumulated deficit
(36,069 ) (29,611 )
Total stockholders’ equity
15,142 16,341
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
$ 21,195 $ 24,125
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119 $ 43,302
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales
47,394 37,326
Sales and marketing
3,479 4,558
Product development
52 85
General and administrative
6,205 5,448
Impairment of intangible and fixed assets
334 -
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089 896
Total operating expenses
58,553 48,313
Loss from operations
(6,434 ) (5,011 )
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
- (2,247 )
Change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives
- (7,603 )
Other income
- 184
Total other income (expense), net
- (9,666 )
Loss before provision for income taxes
(6,434 ) (14,677 )
Provision for income taxes
24 55
Net loss
$ (6,458 ) $ (14,732 )
Net loss per share - basic and diluted
$ (0.26 ) $ (0.68 )
Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted
24,381,613 21,767,810
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Additional
Total
Common Stock
Paid in
Accumulated
Stockholders’
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Equity
Balance as of April 1, 2024
23,608,049 $ - $ 45,952 $ (29,611 ) $ 16,341
Stock-based compensation
- - 1,940 - 1,940
Vested employee restricted stock units
710,565 - - - -
Common stock issued for services
381,613 - 806 - 806
Contribution from parent
1,315,880 - 2,513 - 2,513
Net loss
- - - (6,458 ) (6,458 )
Balance as of March 31, 2025
26,016,107 $ - $ 51,211 $ (36,069 ) $ 15,142
Additional
Total
Common Stock
Paid in
Accumulated
Stockholders’
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Equity
Balance as of April 1, 2023
20,000,000 $ - $ 19,785 $ (12,666 ) $ 7,119
Stock-based compensation
- - 3,030 - 3,030
Vested employee restricted stock units
287,500 - - - -
Common stock warrants reclassed to equity
- - 9,116 - 9,116
Bridge loan converted into common stock
2,340,707 - 10,276 - 10,276
Common stock dividend
504,080 - 2,213 (2,213 ) -
Common stock issued for services
82,629 - 159 - 159
Contribution from parent
159,333 - 294 - 294
Common stock issued for purchase of intangibles
233,800 - 1,079 - 1,079
Net loss
- - - (14,732 ) (14,732 )
Balance as of March 31, 2024
23,608,049 $ - $ 45,952 $ (29,611 ) $ 16,341
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Year Ended
March 31,
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss
$ (6,458 ) $ (14,732 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
1,338 1,148
Stock-based compensation
2,747 3,189
Amortization of debt discount
- 1,949
Change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives
- 7,603
Impairment of fixed assets
158 -
Impairment of intangibles
176 -
Provision for credit losses
(4 ) (109 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(218 ) 962
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
876 (99 )
Related party receivable/payables
2,415 2,032
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
(1,196 ) 182
Other liabilities
(46 ) 86
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(212 ) 2,211
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
(154 ) (318 )
Purchase of intangible assets
- (1,010 )
Net cash used in investing activities
(154 ) (1,328 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Payments on bridge loan
- (3,000 )
Net cash used in financing activities
- (3,000 )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(366 ) (2,117 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
1,445 3,562
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes
$ - $ -
Cash paid for interest
$ - $ -
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued in exchange for the purchase of intangibles
$ - $ 1,079
Purchase of intangibles accrued for at period end
$ - $ 1,221
Common stock issued in connection with repayment of intercompany balance
$ 2,513 $ 294
Common stock issued in connection with the conversion of the bridge loan
$ - $ 10,276
Common stock issued in connection with the conversion of accrued interest on the bridge loan
$ - $ 918
Common stock dividend
$ - $ 2,213
Warrants classified from liabilities to equity
$ - $ 9,116
Derivative exchanged into common stock associated with the bridge loan
$ - $ 3,254
Accrued expenses written off associated with intangible asset impairment
$ 695 $ -
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Note 1 - Organization and Basis of Presentation
Organization
PodcastOne, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “PodcastOne”) is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Beverly Hills, California. The Company is a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes its content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms, including its website (www.podcastone.com), its PodcastOne app, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music and more.
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 25, 2014, and is a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne, Inc. (“LiveOne”), a Nasdaq listed company. On July 1, 2020, LiveOne through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., acquired the Company. Acquisitions are included in the Company’s financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company uses purchase accounting for its acquisitions, which results in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. In connection with the acquisition, the accounts of the Company were adjusted using the push down basis of accounting to recognize the allocation of the net assets acquired which was determined to be $16.1 million. In accordance with the push down basis of accounting, the Company’s net assets were adjusted to their fair values as of the date of the acquisition based upon an independent appraisal. The Company has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Courtside, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and PodcastOne Sales, LLC, a California limited liability company.
Basis of Presentation
The results of operations and financial position of the Company are consolidated with LiveOne’s financial statements and these financial statements have been derived as if the Company had operated on a standalone basis during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts recorded for related party transactions with LiveOne may not be considered arm’s length transactions and therefore, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows had the Company engaged in such transactions with an unrelated third party during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Accordingly, the Company’s historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future, if and when the Company contracts at arm’s length with unrelated third parties for services they receive from LiveOne.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to GAAP as found in the ASC and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).
Going Concern and Liquidity
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.
The Company’s principal sources of liquidity have historically been its debt issuances and its cash and cash equivalents (which cash, cash equivalents amounted to $1.1 million as of March 31, 2025). The Company has an accumulated deficit of $36.1 million and had positive working capital of $1.5 million as of March 31, 2025. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date that these financial statements are filed. The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
F-
The Company is looking for additional financing sources to attempt to secure additional interim financing, which is needed to continue its current level of business operations and satisfy its current obligations, unless such financing is provided by LiveOne, if at all. In the absence of additional sources of liquidity, management anticipates that existing cash resources will not be sufficient to meet current operating and liquidity needs beyond June 2026. There is no assurance that management will be able to obtain additional liquidity or be successful in raising additional funds or that such required funds, if available, or that LiveOne will provide any financing to the Company, if at all, or that any such financing will be available on attractive terms or that it will not have a significant dilutive effect on the Company’s existing stockholders. In addition, management is unable to determine at this time whether any of these potential sources of liquidity will be adequate to support the Company’s future business operations. While the Company does not currently anticipate delays or hindrances to its current business operations and initiatives schedule due to liquidity constraints, without additional funding the Company may not be able to continue its current level of business operations in the future. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.
Principles of Consolidation
The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company uses purchase accounting for its acquisitions, which results in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, the assigned value of acquired assets and assumed and contingent liabilities associated with business combinations and the related purchase price allocation, useful lives and impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and other assets, the fair value of the Company’s equity-based compensation awards, convertible debt and debt instruments, fair value derivatives and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.
Revenue Recognition Policy
The Company accounts for a contract with a customer when an approved contract exists, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and the collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable. Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its obligation by transferring control of the goods or services to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company uses the expected value method to estimate the value of variable consideration on advertising contracts to include in the transaction price and reflect changes to such estimates in periods in which they occur. Variable consideration for these services is allocated to and recognized over the related time period such advertising services are rendered as the amounts reflect the consideration the Company is entitled to and relate specifically to the Company’s efforts to satisfy its performance obligation. The amount of variable consideration included in revenue is limited to the extent that it is probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
F-
Practical Expedients
The Company elected the practical expedient and recognized the incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less.
Allocation of Costs
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include an allocation of costs that have been incurred by LiveOne on the Company’s behalf. Such expenses incurred include, but are not limited to, salaries, benefits, share-based compensation expense, insurance, accounting, tax and legal services. Such expenses were allocated to the Company based upon certain assumptions and estimates that were made in order to allocate a reasonable share of such expenses to the Company, so that the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect substantially all costs of doing business. The authoritative guidance to allocate such costs is set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB Topic 1-B “Allocations of Expenses and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity.”
Had the Company been operating on a stand-alone basis, the cost allocated would not be materially different for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Gross Versus Net Revenue Recognition
The Company reports revenue on a gross basis for all advertising contracts based on management’s assessment of whether the Company acts as a principal or agent in the transaction and is evaluated on a transaction-by-transaction basis. To the extent the Company acts as the principal, revenue is reported on a gross basis and gross of revenue sharing expenses owed to the content creators. The determination of whether the Company acts as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether the Company controls the good or service prior to transfer to the customer. The gross amount of revenue recognized is equal to the amounts received from our customer, gross of revenue sharing expenses owed to the content creators.
Advertising Revenue
Advertising revenue primarily consist of revenues generated from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue performed on a monthly basis which represents the Company’s efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. The Company earns advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions.
From time to time the Company enters into barter transactions involving advertising provided in exchange for goods and services. Revenue from barter transactions is recognized ratably over time based on the terms of the contract as delivery of impressions is performed on a consistent basis. The transaction price for these contracts is measured at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received unless this is not reasonably estimable, in which case the consideration is measured based on the standalone selling price of the advertising spots promised or delivered to the customer. Services received are charged to expense in the same manner. Barter revenue for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $25.0 million and $16.7 million, respectively. The Company's barter revenue is attributed to one customer and comprised of 48% and 39% of its revenue for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists of direct costs comprised of revenue sharing expenses owed to content creators and commissions.
F-
Sales and Marketing
Sales and Marketing include the direct and indirect costs related to the Company’s event advertising and marketing. Advertising expenses to promote the Company’s services are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses included in sales and marketing expense were $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Product Development
Product development costs not capitalized are primarily expenses for research and development, product and content development activities, including internal software development and improvement costs which have not been capitalized by the Company.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is allocated to the Company from its parent LiveOne based on the amount of stock-based compensation granted to employees of the Company in the form of stock-based compensation of LiveOne in accordance with SAB Topic 1-B “Allocations of Expenses and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity.”
LiveOne and the Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on an accelerated basis. LiveOne and the Company accounts for awards with graded vesting as if each vesting tranche is valued as a separate award. LiveOne and the Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. This model requires LiveOne and the Company to estimate the expected volatility and the expected term of the stock options which are highly complex and subjective variables. The variables take into consideration, among other things, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior. LiveOne and the Company uses a predicted volatility of its stock price during the expected life of the options that is based on the historical performance of LiveOne and the Company’s stock price as well as including an estimate using guideline companies. The expected term is computed using the simplified method as LiveOne and the Company’s best estimate given its lack of actual exercise history. LiveOne and the Company has selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the expected term of the option. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. Compensation expense resulting from granted restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant and is recognized as share-based compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”). Forfeitures are recognized as incurred. LiveOne records the fair value of these equity-based awards and expense at their cost ratably over related vesting periods.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, the Company began to issue equity awards in the form of RSUs directly to its employees under the Company's 2022 Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in December 2022.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
F-
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and the dilutive effect of contingent shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive contingent shares consist of stock options issued to employees, directors, vendors and consultants, restricted stock units, and convertible notes would be excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because their effect is anti-dilutive.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding common shares including the dilutive effect of stock awards as determined under the treasury stock method. In periods when we have a net loss, stock awards are excluded from our calculation of earnings per share as their inclusion would have an antidilutive effect.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting where the purchase consideration is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired, based on their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase consideration over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. Additionally, any contingent consideration is recorded at fair value on the acquisition date and classified as a liability. Goodwill is recognized to the extent by which the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree exceeds the recognized basis of the identifiable assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenue, expenses and cash flows, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimates of customer turnover rates, estimates of terminal values, and royalty rates.
Segment Reporting
The Company presents the financial statements by segment in accordance with ASC Topic No. 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”) to provide investors with transparency into how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) manages the business. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment, which is the business of being a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes its content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms. The Company determined the CODM is its President. The CODM reviews financial information and allocates resources across its one operating segment.
The CODM evaluates the performance of the operating segment and allocates resources based on net loss that also is reported on the consolidated statements of operations as net loss. The measure of the operating segment assets is reported on the consolidated balance sheet as total assets. All of the Company's revenue is attributable to the United States and all of the Company's assets are located in the Unites States.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities, when purchased, of three months or less.
The following table provides amounts included in cash and cash equivalents presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Total cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Accounts Receivable
The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Generally, it records specific reserves to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected when a customer’s account ages beyond typical collection patterns, or the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations.
The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large and established nature of its largest customers and the nature of its receivables.
F-
The Company’s accounts receivable at March 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Accounts receivable, gross
$ 6,318 $ 6,099
Less: Allowance for credit losses
(72 ) (76 )
Accounts receivable, net
$ 6,246 $ 6,023
Related Party Receivable and Payables
LiveOne has historically maintained a lending relationship with the Company in order to supplement the Company’s working capital needs. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the net payable from the Company to LiveOne was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. LiveOne does not charge interest on these borrowings.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs of improvements that extend the economic life or improve service potential are also capitalized. Capitalized costs are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Costs for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of its platform and other software applications for internal use. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company begins to capitalize its costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. The Company stops capitalizing these costs when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, including the completion of all significant testing. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be two years. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditure will result in additional functionality and expense costs incurred for maintenance and minor upgrades and enhancements. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded within product development expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: computer, machinery, and software equipment (3 to 5 years), furniture and fixtures (3 to 5 years), leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term and capitalized software (2 years).
The Company evaluates the carrying value of its property and equipment if there are indicators of potential impairment. If there are indicators of potential impairment, the Company performs an analysis to determine the recoverability of the asset group carrying value by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows to the net book value of the asset group. If it is determined that the expected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the net book value of the asset group, the excess of the net book value over the estimated fair value is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is generally estimated using valuation techniques that consider the discounted cash flows of the asset group using discount and capitalization rates deemed reasonable for the type of assets, as well as prevailing market conditions, appraisals, recent similar transactions in the market and, if appropriate and available, current estimated net sales proceeds from pending offers.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination and is carried at cost. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment testing, as well as between annual tests when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform our annual impairment testing at January 1 of each year.
F-
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. The Company generally tests goodwill for possible impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If a qualitative assessment is not used, or if the qualitative assessment is not conclusive, a quantitative impairment test is performed. If a quantitative test is performed, the Company determines the fair value of the related reporting unit and compares this value to the recorded net assets of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is determined using a market approach based on quoted prices in active markets. In the event the recorded net assets of the reporting unit exceed the estimated fair value of such assets, an impairment charge is recorded. Based on the Company’s annual impairment assessment, no impairments of goodwill were identified during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Estimations and assumptions regarding, future performance, results of the Company’s operations and comparability of its market capitalization and net book value will be used.
Intangible Assets with Finite Useful Lives
The Company has certain finite-lived intangible assets that were initially recorded at their fair value at the time of acquisition. These intangible assets consist of Intellectual Property and Content Creator Relationships resulting from business combinations. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: Brand and Trade Names (10 years) and Content Creator relationships (2 years).
The Company reviews all finite lived intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss for the excess carrying value over the fair value in its consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded an impairment loss of $0.2 million and none during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements - Valuation Hierarchy
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (i.e., an exit price). The Company uses the three-level valuation hierarchy for classification of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the data market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The three-tier hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:
Level 1
Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument.
Level 3
Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.
F-
The classification of assets and liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Proper classification of fair value measurements within the valuation hierarchy is considered each reporting period. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value each time a financial statement is prepared. The derivative liabilities are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2025 and are Level 3 measurements. There have been no transfers between levels.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains cash balances at commercial banks. Cash balances commonly exceed the $250,000 amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to such cash and cash equivalents.
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC Topic 470-20-25, when the Company issues debt with warrants, the Company treats the fair value of the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either equity or liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Convertible Debt - Derivative Treatment
When the Company issues debt with a conversion feature, we must first assess whether the conversion feature meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, as follows: (a) one or more underlyings, typically the price of our common stock; (b) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; (c) no initial net investment, which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and (d) net settlement provisions, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion can be readily sold for cash. An embedded equity-linked component that meets the definition of a derivative does not have to be separated from the host instrument if the component qualifies for the scope exception for certain contracts involving an issuer’s own equity. The scope exception applies if the contract is both (a) indexed to its own stock; and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in its balance sheet.
If the conversion feature within convertible debt meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, we estimate the fair value of the convertible debt derivative using a Monte Carlo simulation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is higher than the face value of the convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt using the straight-line method.
F-
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures to update reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to assess segment performance. This update is effective beginning with the Company’s 2024 fiscal year annual reporting period, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on April 1, 2024 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), which will require the Company to disclose specified additional information in its income tax rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. ASU 2023-09 will also require the Company to disaggregate its income taxes paid disclosure by federal, state and foreign taxes, with further disaggregation required for significant individual jurisdictions. The Company will adopt ASU 2023-09 beginning in the first quarter of 2026. ASU 2023-09 allows for adoption using either a prospective or retrospective transition method The Company is currently assessing the impact this standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the SEC did not or are not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statement presentation or disclosures.
F-
Note 3 - Property and Equipment
The Company’s property and equipment at March 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Property and equipment, net
Computer, machinery, and software equipment
$ 132 $ 127
Furniture and fixtures
14 14
Leasehold improvements
91 91
Capitalized internally developed software
944 792
Total property and equipment
1,181 1,024
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(1,122 ) (715 )
Total property and equipment, net
$ 59 $ 309
Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company recorded an impairment of $0.2 million and none for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The impairment for the year ended March 31, 2025 can be attributed to the Company ceasing to use some of its internally developed software.
Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The Company currently has one reporting unit. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended March 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Goodwill
Balance as of March 31, 2024
$ 12,041
Acquisitions
-
Balance as of March 31, 2025
$ 12,041
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows as of March 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Gross
Net
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Value
Amortization
Value
Content creator relationships
$ 3,229 $ 2,573 $ 656
Brand and trade names
1,010 480 530
Total
$ 4,239 $ 3,053 $ 1,186
F-
The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):
Gross
Net
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Value
Amortization
Value
Content creator relationships
$ 4,082 $ 1,568 $ 2,514
Brand and trade names
1,010 379 631
Total
$ 5,092 $ 1,947 $ 3,145
The Company’s amortization expense on its finite-lived intangible assets was $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Finder's Fee Agreement
In September 2023, the Company entered into a finder's fee arrangement pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue shares of its common stock at a price of $8.00 per share (subject to adjustment in certain limited circumstances) as a finder’s fee to a certain third party podcast platform in the event certain former and/or current podcasts of such platform entered into new podcasting agreements with the Company, with the amount of the fee to be based on the amount of revenues actually derived by the Company from such podcasts during a predetermined period. Payments made to such third party attributed to the Company entering into new podcast contracts were capitalized to content creator relationship intangibles. During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company made an adjustment of $0.5 million to accrued common stock and increase the content creator relationships balance to account for the settlement of the finder's fee agreement attributed to multiple third-party platforms.
The Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.2 million and none for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The impairment for the year ended March 31, 2025 was the result of the winding down of a podcast show acquired by PodcastOne.
The Company expects to record amortization of intangible assets for fiscal years ending March 31, 2025 and future fiscal years as follows (in thousands):
For Years Ending March 31,
$ 581
Thereafter
-
$ 1,186
Note 5 - Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at March 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Accounts payable
$ 1,285 $ 1,529
Accrued revenue share
1,962 2,945
Other accrued liabilities
2,292 2,909
$ 5,539 $ 7,383
Accrued revenue share can be attributed to monies owed to content creators who contribute their podcast or other media content for the Company to sell to consumers. The Company accrues a liability based on the percentage of revenue owed to each content creator at the time of sale.
F-
Note 6 - Bridge Loan
Private Placement
On July 15, 2022, the Company completed a private placement offering (the “PC1 Bridge Loan”) of its unsecured convertible notes with an original issue discount of 10% (the “OID”) in the aggregate principal amount of $8.8 million (the “PC1 Notes”) to certain accredited investors and institutional investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”), for cash proceeds of $7.4 million, net of placement agent fees of $0.7 million, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements entered into with the Purchasers (the “Subscription Agreements”). In connection with the sale of the PC1 Notes, the Purchasers received warrants (the “PC1 Warrants”) to purchase a number of shares (the “PC1 Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock. The PC1 Notes were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2023, subject to a one-time three-month extension at the Company’s election (the “Maturity Date”). The Company elected the extension and extended the maturity date to October 15, 2023. The PC1 Notes bore interest at a rate of 10% per annum payable on maturity. The PC1 Notes automatically convert into the securities of the Company sold in a Qualified Financing (an initial public offering of the Company’s securities from which the Company’s trading market at the closing of such offering is a national securities exchange) or Qualified Event (a direct listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange), as applicable, upon the closing of a Qualified Financing or Qualified Event, as applicable, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price equal to $60.0 million divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Financing or Qualified Event, as applicable (assuming full conversion or exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities of the Company then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions), and (ii) 70% of the offering price of the shares (or whole units, as applicable) in the Qualified Financing or 70% of the initial listing price of the shares on a national securities exchange in the Qualified Event, as applicable. Each holder of the PC1 Notes (other than LiveOne) may at such holder’s option require the Company to redeem up to 45% of the principal amount of such holder’s PC1 Notes (together with accrued interest thereon, but excluding the OID), in aggregate up to $3,000,000 for all of the PC1 Notes (other than those held by LiveOne), immediately prior to the completion of a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, with such redemption to be made pro rata to the redeeming holders of the PC1 Notes (the “Optional Redemption”). Upon a Purchaser’s redemption of any PC1 Notes pursuant to the Optional Redemption right, then a portion of such Purchaser’s PC1 Warrants shall be forfeited and cancelled in accordance with the following formula: for each $0.001 million of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes redeemed, PC1 Warrants to purchase 100% of the Warrant Shares issued per $0.001 million of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled.
LiveOne also agreed (i) not to effect a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, unless immediately following such event LiveOne owns no less than 66% of the Company’s equity, unless in either case otherwise permitted by the written consent of the holders of the majority of the PC1 Notes (excluding LiveOne) (the “Majority Noteholders”) and LiveOne’s senior lender, as applicable, (ii) that until a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, is consummated, LiveOne guaranteed the repayment of the PC1 Notes when due (other than the Bridge Notes issued to LiveOne) and any interest or other fees due thereunder, and (iii) that if the Company has not consummated a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, by February 15, 2023, March 15, 2023 or April 15, 2023, as applicable, unless in either case permitted by the written consent of the Majority Noteholders, the Company was required to redeem $1,000,000 of the then outstanding PC1 Notes pro rata from the PC1 Notes holders (other than the PC1 Notes issued to LiveOne) by the tenth calendar day of each month immediately following such respective date, up to an aggregate redemption of $3,000,000 over the course of such three months, each of which shall be distributed to the holders of the PC1 Notes (other than LiveOne) on a prorated basis (the “Early Redemption”).
The Company further agreed to register the shares of its common stock issuable upon conversion of the PC1 Notes and exercise of the PC1 Warrants in connection with a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event. If the Company did not file such registration statement on or prior to April 15, 2023, the Company was required to prepay $1,000,000 of the PC1 Notes pro rata to the PC1 Notes holders (other than LiveOne), and if the Company did not file such registration statement on or prior to July 15, 2023, the Company was required to prepay $2,000,000 of the PC1 Notes pro rata to the PC1 Notes holders (other than LiveOne) (the “Reg St Redemption”). The Company was not required to redeem or repay more than a total of $3,000,000 of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes as a result of the Optional Redemption, the Early Redemption and/or the Reg St Redemption.
F-
During the year ended March 31, 2024, the Company redeemed $3.0 million of principal on the PC1 Notes.
On September 8, 2023, the Company completed a Qualified Event (its direct listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the "Spin-Out")) as a result of its direct listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market on such date. In connection with such completed Qualified Event, all of the remaining PC1 Notes (including interest thereunder) in the aggregate amount of approximately $7.02 million converted into approximately 2,341,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.
Warrants
The PC1 Warrants are classified as liabilities at inception of the PC1 Bridge Loan as they represent an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock in the future and are therefore required to be initially and subsequently measured at fair value each reporting period. The Company recorded a warrant liability in the amount of $2.6 million (and reduced the proceeds allocated to the PC1 Notes accordingly). The fair value of the PC1 Warrant liability is remeasured each reporting period using a Monte Carlo simulation model, and the change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the PC1 Warrant liability with the unrealized gains or losses reflected in other income (expense). On September 8, 2023, as a result of the Spin-Out, the number of shares of PodcastOne's common stock into which PC1 Warrants were exercisable was fixed based on the exercise price of $3.00 per share. As a result, the Company reclassed its $9.1 million warrant liability as of September 8, 2023 to equity within additional paid in capital. As of March 31, 2025 there were 3,114,000 common stock warrants issued and outstanding.
The fair value of the PC1 Warrants is measured in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”, using “Monte Carlo simulation” modeling, incorporating the following inputs:
September 8,
March 31,
Expected dividend yield
- % - %
Expected stock-price volatility
71.10 % 71.50 %
Risk-free interest rate
4.43 % 4.86 %
Simulated share price
$ 4.39 $ 2.64
Exercise price
$ 3.00 $ 2.64
Total change in fair value of a loss of $6.3 million for warrant liabilities accounted for as derivatives have been recorded in other expense for the year ended March 31, 2024, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-
Redemption Features
The Company determined that the redemption features associated with the PC1 Bridge Loan meet the accounting definition of an embedded derivative that must be separated from the PC1 Bridge Loan and initially and subsequently be reported as a liability (the “Redemption Liability”) and measured at fair value. The fair value of the Redemption Liability was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. On September 8, 2023, the Company completed its Spin-Out, therefore the redemption feature was cancelled and not exercised by the holder. Based on the fair value of the shares traded on September 8, 2023, the Company valued the derivative at $3.4 million.
The fair value of the redemption features was measured in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”, using “Monte Carlo simulation” modeling, incorporating the following inputs:
March 31,
Simulations
100,000
Expected stock-price volatility
71.50 %
Risk-free interest rate
3.59 %
Conversion price
$ 1.78
Stock price
$ 2.64
The fair value of the Redemption Liability of $1.7 million at July 15, 2022 was recorded as a derivative liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the Redemption Liability at March 31, 2024, was none as a result of the PC1 Bridge Loan converting to common stock. The $1.3 million change in the fair value of the Redemption Liability derivative is recorded as an expense and included in other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2024.
The resulting discount from the OID, placement agent fees, PC1 Warrants, and embedded Redemption Liability derivative of $5.8 million is being amortized to interest expense through July 15, 2023, the expected term of the Bridge Loan, using the effective interest method. Interest expense resulting from the amortization of the discount for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was none and $1.6 million, respectively.
Interest expense with respect to the PC1 Bridge Loan for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was none and $0.1 million, respectively. There are no covenants associated with the PC1 Notes.
Note 7 - Related Party Transactions
As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s parent, LiveOne, holds approximately 18.4 million shares of the Company's common stock and 1,100,000 common stock warrants to purchase shares of the Company with an exercise price of $3.00 per share. In addition, directors and management affiliated with LiveOne hold approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company's common stock.
During the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company was allocated expenses by LiveOne attributed to the overhead expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. The amount allocated to the Company from LiveOne for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
F-
As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had a related party payable owed to LiveOne of $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, which primarily consisted of expenses related to overhead expenses paid on behalf of the Company (See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had a related party receivable from LiveOne of $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which primarily consisted of cash allocated to LiveOne.
During the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company issued 1,315,880 and 159,333 shares of its common stock, respectively, with a fair value of $2.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in exchange for amounts owed under a cost sharing agreement between LiveOne and the Company.
Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Obligations
As of March 31, 2025, the Company is obligated under agreements with its content providers and other contractual obligations to make guaranteed payments as follows: $1.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, 2027 and 2028, respectively.
On August 28, 2023, the Company entered into a new two-year employment contract with its President for $0.4 million per year effective January 1, 2023.
On a quarterly basis, the Company records the greater of the cumulative actual content acquisition costs incurred or the cumulative minimum guarantee based on forecasted usage for the minimum guarantee period. The minimum guarantee period of time is the period that the minimum guarantee relates to, as specified in each agreement, which may be annual or a longer period. The cumulative minimum guarantee, based on forecasted usage, considers factors such as listening hours, revenue, members, and other terms of each agreement that impact the Company’s expected attainment or recoupment of the minimum guarantees based on the relative attribution method.
On January 15, 2025, the Company entered into a three-year Enterprise Service and Advertising Agreement (the “Agreement”) with ART19 LLC (“ART19”), a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc. to move the existing network of PodcastOne programming to the ART19 hosting platform. The Agreement is expected to drive additional monetization opportunities across the Company’s vast library of popular podcasts. Pursuant to the Agreement ART19 is required to pay the Company a minimum guarantee of $15.0 million over the term of the Agreement based on the Company achieving certain minimum impressions amount, which guarantee is subject to adjustment as provided in the Agreement, including if the Company achieves higher minimum impressions amounts. In addition, the Agreement provides for a revenue share split between the Company and ART19 based on gross sales revenue achieved by the Company under the Agreement. During the year ended March 31, 2025 the Company recognized revenue of $0.8 million from the Agreement.
On October 23, 2024, the Company entered into an investor relations consulting agreement with MZHCI, LLC. The contract called for a three month commitment at $9,000 per month then on a month to month basis after January 1, 2025 and terminated effective as of April 2025. The consulting agreement also called for 7,500 shares of the Company's common stock to be issued monthly as long as the Company was a customer of MZHCI, LLC.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings and other matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. Many of these proceedings may be at preliminary stages and/or seek an indeterminate amount of damages. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, except as set forth below, such routine claims and lawsuits are not significant and we do not currently expect them to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.
F-
Parent Company Debt
The senior credit facility held by the Company’s parent, LiveOne, contains provisions that limit the Company’s operating activities, including covenant relating to the requirement to maintain a certain amount cash at LiveOne of $5.0 million (maybe adjusted from time to time). If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the senior lender may among other things, terminate its obligations thereunder, accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and/or the Company to repay all amounts thereunder. For example, on October 13, 2022, a judgement was entered in favor of SoundExchange, Inc. (“SX”) against LiveOne and Slacker in the United States District Court Central District of California in the amount of approximately $9.8 million. In February 2023, the parties settled the dispute. LiveOne’s debt agreements with the provider of its senior credit facility contains a covenant that if a material adverse change occurs in its financial condition, or such lender reasonably believes the prospect of payment or performance of their loan is materially impaired, the lender at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and the Company to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder. If for any reason LiveOne fails to comply with the terms of its settlement agreement with SX, its senior credit facility provider may declare an event of default and at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and the Company to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the senior credit facility, which would materially adversely impact the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. On September 8, 2023 and effective as of August 22, 2023, LiveOne entered into a new Business Loan Agreement with the senior credit facility provider to convert the senior credit facility into an assets backed loan credit facility, which shall continue to be collateralized by a first lien on all of the assets of LiveOne and its subsidiaries (the “ABL Credit Facility”). The Business Loan Agreement provides LiveOne with borrowing capacity of up to the Borrowing Base (as defined in the Business Loan Agreement). Pursuant to the Business Loan Agreement, the requirement that LiveOne and its related entities shall at all times maintain a certain minimum deposit with the senior credit facility provider was reduced from $7,000,000 to $5,000,000.
On January 28, 2025, LiveOne entered into the 2025 Business Loan Agreement with the senior lender to update certain terms of the ABL Credit Facility, including to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Note to $3,750,000, reflecting LiveOne’s repayment of $3,250,000 of the principal amount of the Promissory Note as of such date, and to extend the maturity date of the Promissory Note to November 20, 2025. Pursuant to the 2025 Change in Terms Agreement entered into in connection with the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, LiveOne agreed to repay the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Promissory Note in 9 equal monthly payments of $400,000 each beginning February 20, 2025, and the final 10th payment of $151,291.67 on November 20, 2025. Pursuant to the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, the requirement that LiveOne and its related entities shall at all times maintain a certain minimum cash deposit with the senior lender is maintained at $5,000,000. The ABL Credit Facility continues to be collateralized by a first lien on all of the assets of LiveOne and its subsidiaries, including the Company. Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are subject to certain covenants as set forth in the 2025 Business Loan Agreement and bear interest at a rate equal to the “Money Rate” column of The Wall Street Journal (Western Edition) as determined by the Senior Lender plus 2.50%, resulting in the initial rate of 10.00% and provided, that it shall not be less than 7.50%. LiveOne may prepay at any time without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed to the Senior Lender. The 2025 Business Loan Agreement includes customary events of default and various financial and other covenants with which LiveOne must comply in order to maintain borrowing availability, including maintaining required minimum liquidity amount and Borrowing Base capacity. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of all obligations of LiveOne to the senior lender with respect to indebtedness, whether under the 2025 Business Loan Agreement or otherwise. Other covenants include, but are not limited to, covenants limiting or restricting LiveOne’s ability to incur indebtedness, incur liens, enter into mergers or consolidations involving debt, dispose of assets, make loans and investments and pay dividends. In connection with the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note continues in effect except as modified by the 2025 Business Loan Agreement and the 2025 Change in Terms Agreement.
In connection with the issuance of the Debentures (as defined in Note 12 - Subsequent Events), LiveOne repaid the outstanding principal amount of the ABL Credit Facility and terminated such facility and all agreements related to it.
F-
Note 9 - Employee Benefit Plan
The Company’s parent LiveOne sponsors a 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all of the Company’s employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan the first day of the calendar month following their date of hire. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of its employees up to a maximum of 100% of the participant’s elective deferral up to a maximum of 5% of the employees’ annual compensation. The Company’s matching contributions were not material to the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Note 10 - Stockholders’ Equity
Spin-Out
Prior to the Spin-Out, LiveOne, through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., canceled 127,984,230 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne, Inc. owned approximately 18.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock (not including any shares of common stock underlying the PC1 Warrants held by LiveOne), which constituted approximately 71% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock as of such date.
Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which was approved by the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder on December 15, 2022, which became effective on September 12, 2023, in connection with the completion of the Spin-Out, the Company is authorized to issue up to 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the "preferred stock").
On September 8, 2023, the Company completed the Spin-Out and converted the outstanding PC1 Bridge Loan into 2,340,707 shares of common stock based on a fair value of $4.39 per share, which was the closing price of the stock on the date of conversion. The book value of the PC1 Bridge Loan and the bifurcated embedded derivative were converted into additional paid in capital, which equaled the fair value of the 2,340,707 shares issued for the conversion of the PC1 Bridge Loan. As a result of the completion of the Spin-Out and the PodcastOne shares becoming publicly traded, the Company reclassified its warrant liability to equity as a result of the strike price and number of warrants becoming fixed at $3.00 per share, which resulted in a $9.1 million increase to additional paid in capital. In addition, the Company's derivative liability was written to zero as the redemption feature was unexercised.
Finder's Agreement
In September 2023, the Company entered into a finder's fee arrangement pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue shares of its common stock at a price of $8.00 per share (subject to adjustment in certain limited circumstances) as a finder’s fee to a certain third party podcast platform in the event certain former and/or current podcast content creators of such platform entered into new podcasting agreements with the Company, with the amount of the fee to be based on the amount of revenues actually derived by the Company from such podcasts during a predetermined period. Payments made to such third party attributed to the Company entering into new podcast contracts were capitalized to content creator relationship intangibles. As of March 31, 2025, the Company has capitalized $3.2 million of payments made to such third party.
LiveOne 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
LiveOne’s board of directors and stockholders approved its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2016 Plan”) which reserved a total of 12,600,000 shares of LiveOne’s common stock for issuance. On September 17, 2020, LiveOne’s stockholders approved the amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 5,000,000 shares increasing the total up to 17,600,000 shares, which increase was formally adopted by LiveOne in June 2021. Incentive awards authorized under the 2016 Plan include, but are not limited to, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and stock appreciation rights. If an incentive award granted under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to LiveOne in connection with the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2016 Plan.
F-
The Company’s employees were awarded options and restricted stock awards under the 2016 Plan, therefore an allocation of the share-based compensation was made to the Company from LiveOne. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million and $3.5 million during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The total tax benefit recognized related to share-based compensation expense was none for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
LiveOne's Options Grants to the Company’s Employees
Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of LiveOne’s common stock at the date of grant based on the closing market price of its common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Capital Market. The option awards generally vest over two to four years and are exercisable any time after vesting. The stock options expire ten years after the date of grant.
As of March 31, 2025, unrecognized compensation costs for unvested awards to employees was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 0.84 years.
The following table provides information about LiveOne’s option grants made to the Company’s employees during the last two fiscal years:
Year Ended March 31,
Number of options granted
15,000 15,000
Weighted-average exercise price per share
$ 0.81 $ 1.75
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share
$ - $ -
The grant date fair value of each of these option grants to employees was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Year Ended March 31,
Expected volatility
84 % 84 %
Dividend Yield
- % - %
Risk-free rate
4 % 4 %
Expected term (in years)
5.88 5.88
The following table summarizes the activity of LiveOne’s options issued to the Company’s employees during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Number of
Price per
Shares
Share
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
240,000 $ 2.84
Granted
15,000 1.75
Exercised
- -
Forfeited or expired
(115,000 ) 3.88
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
140,000 1.87
Granted
15,000 0.81
Exercised
- -
Forfeited or expired
(15,000 ) 4.20
Outstanding as of March 31, 2025
140,000 $ 1.51
Exercisable as of March 31, 2025
132,500 $ 1.43
F-
The weighted-average remaining contractual term for options to the Company's employees outstanding and options to the Company's employees exercisable as of March 31, 2025 was 6.82 years and 6.81 years, respectively. The intrinsic value of options to employees outstanding and options to employees exercisable was none and none, respectively, at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised was none and none, at March 31, 2025 and 2024
The fair value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2025 was $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The fair value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2024 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units Grants to the Company's Employees
As of March 31, 2025, unrecognized compensation costs for unvested LiveOne restricted stock unit awards to the Company's employees was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 1.39 years.
The following table provides information about LiveOne’s restricted stock units grants made to the Company’s employees during the last two fiscal years:
Year Ended March 31,
Number of units granted
50,000 320,000
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share
$ 1.10 $ 1.75
The following table summarizes the activity of LiveOne’s restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
Number of
Shares
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
262,500
Granted
320,000
Vested
(400,000 )
Cancelled
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
182,500
Granted
50,000
Vested
(194,167 )
Cancelled
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2025
38,333
The fair value of restricted stock units that vested during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
PodcastOne 2022 Equity Incentive Plan
On December 15, 2022, the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder, through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., approved the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”) which reserved a total of 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance. Incentive awards authorized under the 2022 Plan include, but are not limited to, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and stock appreciation rights. If an incentive award granted under the 2022 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to the Company in connection with the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2022 Plan.
F-
The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's restricted stock units issued to employees under the 2022 Plan during the years ended March 31, 2025:
Number of
Shares
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
-
Granted
879,060
Vested
(287,500 )
Forfeited or expired
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
591,560
Granted
485,967
Vested
(795,927 )
Forfeited or expired
(49,250 )
Nonvested as of March 31, 2025
232,350
During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company recognized $2.2 million of stock compensation for vested restricted stock units. Unrecognized compensation costs for unvested PodcastOne restricted stock units issued to employees was $0.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 1.29 years.
Authorized Common Stock and Authority to Create Preferred Stock
Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which was approved by the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder on December 15, 2023, became effective in connection with the completion of the Spin-Out, the Company is authorized to issue up to 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock.
The Company may issue shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, each of which will have such distinctive designation or title as shall be determined by the Company’s board of directors and will have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of preferred stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors will have the power to increase or decrease the number of shares of preferred stock of any series after the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased, the shares constituting such decrease will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
While the Company does not currently have any plans for the issuance of preferred stock, the issuance of such preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until and unless the Company’s board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock; however, these effects may include: restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.
F-
Note 11 - Income Tax Provision
The Company’s income tax provision can be affected by many factors, including the overall level of pre-tax income, the mix of pre-tax income generated across the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, changes in tax laws and regulations in those jurisdictions, changes in valuation allowances on its deferred tax assets, tax planning strategies available to the Company, and other discrete items.
F-
The components of pretax loss and income tax (benefit) expense are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Loss before income taxes:
Domestic
$ (6,434 ) $ (14,677 )
Foreign
- -
Total loss before income taxes
$ (6,434 ) $ (14,677 )
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
Current
U.S. Federal
$ - $ -
State
24 55
Foreign
- -
Total Current
24 55
Deferred:
U.S. Federal
(899 ) (419 )
State
(163 ) 99
Foreign
1,062 320
Total Deferred
- -
Total provision for income taxes
$ 24 $ 55
The differences between income taxes expected at U.S. statutory income tax rates and the income tax provision are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Income taxes computed at Federal statutory rate
$ (1,291 ) $ (3,082 )
State tax - net of federal benefit
(174 ) 79
Nondeductible expenses
- 496
Derivative gain
- 1,597
Federal NOL true-up
31 522
Change in valuation allowance
1,063 321
Stock compensation
181 162
Other
214 (40 )
Total provision for income taxes
$ 24 $ 55
At March 31, 2025, the Company had available federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income of approximately $13.0 million and $14.5 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire on various dates beginning in 2034. Of the $13.0 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, $3.5 million was generated in tax years beginning before March 31, 2018 and is subject to the 20-year carryforward period, the remaining $8.8 million can be carried forward indefinitely but is subject to the 80% taxable income limitation.
The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by the federal and state jurisdictions where applicable. There are currently no pending income tax examinations. The Company’s tax years for 2017 and forward are subject to examination by the federal tax authorities and tax years for 2014 and forward are subject to examination by California tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses.
The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax provisions as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has not accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
F-
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) are as follows as of (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
$ 3,732 $ 2,941
Reserves and allowances
20 21
Accrued liabilities
151 165
Charitable contribution carryforward
946 660
Gross deferred tax assets
4,849 3,787
Valuation allowance
(4,849 ) (3,787 )
Net deferred tax liability
$ - $ -
As the ultimate realization of the potential benefits of a portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets is considered unlikely by management, the Company has offset the deferred tax assets attributable to those potential benefits through valuation allowances. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize any benefit from income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations to offset its pre-tax losses. The valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is $4.8 million and $3.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $1.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2025.
Note 12 - Subsequent Events
On May 19, 2025 (the “Closing Date”), LiveOne and the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures (the “Initial Debentures”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,775,000 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $15.25 million, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions (as defined below), LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers LiveOne’s additional Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $11,000,000 on substantially the same terms as the Initial Debentures (the “Additional Debentures” and collectively with the Initial Debentures, the “Debentures”), in a private placement transaction. The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. LiveOne may sell to the Purchasers the Additional Debentures if within 15 months of the Closing Date either of the following conditions have been satisfied during such 15-month period (the “Conditions”): (x) the VWAP (as defined in the SPA) of the common stock has been equal to or greater than $4.20 per share (subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations) for 30 consecutive trading days, or (y) Free Cash Flow (as defined in the SPA) has been equal to or greater to $3,000,000 for three consecutive fiscal quarters, and has increased in each of the foregoing quarters from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. For the month of August 2025, the holders may not submit a redemption notice for such a redemption prior to August 18, 2025. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month.
Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including applicable prior notice to the holders of the Initial Debentures, at any time after May 19, 2026, LiveOne may elect to prepay all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Initial Debentures for a prepayment amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with a prepayment premium equal to the following (the “Prepayment Premium”): (a) if the Initial Debentures are prepaid after May 19, 2026, but on or prior to May 19, 2027, 5% of the entire outstanding principal balance of the outstanding Initial Debentures (or the applicable portion thereof required to be prepaid by LiveOne); and (c) if the Initial Debentures are prepaid on or after May 19, 2027, but prior to the maturity date of the Initial Debentures, 4% of the entire outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures (or the applicable portion thereof required to be prepaid by LiveOne). Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of all of then outstanding Initial Debentures in connection with a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in the Initial Debentures) for a prepayment amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium based on when such Change of Control Transaction occurs within the period set forth above applicable to such Prepayment Premium; provided, that (x) if a Change of Control Transaction occurs on or prior to May 19, 2026, plus 10% of the entire outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures; (y) if the Specified Carve-Out Transaction (as defined in the Debentures) in consummated, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the Initial Debentures, in an aggregate amount equal to the lower of the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures and $7,500,000, in each case, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium, and (z) if a Permitted Disposition (as defined in the Debentures) pursuant to clause (g) of the definition thereof is consummated, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the Initial Debentures in an aggregate amount equal to the lower of the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures and 50% of the first $1,000,000 of net proceeds resulting from such Permitted Disposition up to $1,000,000 and 25% of such net proceeds in excess of $1,000,000, in each case, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures can be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default. In the event of default and acceleration of LiveOne’s obligations, LiveOne would be required to pay the applicable prepayment amount described above.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures were guaranteed under a Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”), by certain of its subsidiaries, including the Company, Slacker, Inc. and LiveXLive, Corp. (collectively, the “Guarantors”). LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee are secured under a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) entered into on the Closing Date among LiveOne, the Company and the other Guarantors, certain Purchasers and JGB Collateral, LLC (the “Agent”) as agent for the Purchasers (the “Security Agreement”), by a lien on all of LiveOne’s, the Company’s and the other Guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, pursuant to the Security Agreement, LiveOne, the Company and the other Guarantors agreed to pay to the Agent a collateral monitoring fee on the outstanding principal balance of the Debentures at per annum rate of 1%, which fee shall accrue daily and shall be payable to the Agent in cash on the last business day of each calendar month. LiveOne must also maintain a specified minimum cash balance (as set forth in the Debentures) and maintain minimum amounts of liquidity.
On June 27, 2025 and effective as of June 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), the “Company” entered into a new employment agreement with Kit Gray, the Company’s current President (the “Gray Employment Agreement”). The term of the Gray Employment Agreement is for two years from the Effective Date (the “Term”) at an annual salary of $375,000. Mr. Gray is eligible to earn a discretionary annual performance bonus for each whole or partial fiscal year of his employment period with the Company in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to the Company’s executive officers. Mr. Gray’s “target” performance bonus shall be 100% of his average annualized base salary during the fiscal year for which the performance bonus is earned. Pursuant to the Gray Employment Agreement, Mr. Gray was granted: (i) 700,000 restricted stock units of the Company, and (ii) 150,000 restricted stock units of LiveOne, Inc., the Company’s parent.
On June 27, 2025 and effective as of the Effective Date, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with Sue McNamara, the Company’s current Chief Revenue Officer (the “McNamara Employment Agreement”). The term of the McNamara Employment Agreement is for two years from the Effective Date at an annual salary of $325,000. Ms. McNamara is eligible to earn a discretionary annual performance bonus for each whole or partial fiscal year of her employment period with the Company in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to the Company’s executive officers. Ms. McNamara’s “target” performance bonus shall be 100% of her average annualized base salary during the fiscal year for which the performance bonus is earned. Pursuant to the McNamara Employment Agreement, Ms. McNamara was granted 150,000 Company RSUs and 25,000 restricted stock units of LiveOne, Inc., the Company’s parent.
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of March 31, 2025, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our President and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2025 as described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting below.
Limitations of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
It should be noted that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment and makes assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote. Management believes that the financial statements included in this Annual Report fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, with the participation of our President and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, the end of our fiscal year. Our management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our management’s assessment included evaluation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment.
Based on our management’s assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2025. Our management communicated the results of its assessment to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Because we are a smaller reporting company and a non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to or issue a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we continued the processes of evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of controls in place around new transaction cycles and will implement any remediations if necessary. Other than this, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
CEO and CFO Certifications
Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report are the Certifications of our President (Principal Executive Officer) and CFO, respectively. These certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item 9A. of this Annual Report, which you are currently reading, is the information concerning the Evaluation referred to above and in the Section 302 Certifications, and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.
Item 9B. Other Information
During the three-month period ended March 31, 2025, no officer or director of our Company adopted any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or any non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement within the meaning of Item 408 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
On May 19, 2025, LiveOne and our Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Initial Debentures, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions, LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Additional Debentures, in a private placement transaction. The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. For the month of August 2025, the holders may not submit a redemption notice for such a redemption prior to August 18, 2025. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures can be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default. In the event of default and acceleration of LiveOne’s obligations, LiveOne would be required to pay the applicable prepayment amount described above. LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures were guaranteed under a Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of May 19, 2025 (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”), by certain of its subsidiaries, including our Company, Slacker, Inc. and LiveXLive, Corp. (collectively, the “Guarantors”). LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee are secured under a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) entered into on the May 19, 2025 among LiveOne, our Company and the other Guarantors, certain Purchasers and JGB Collateral, LLC (the “Agent”) as agent for the Purchasers (the “Security Agreement”), by a lien on all of LiveOne’s, our Company’s and the other Guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, pursuant to the Security Agreement, LiveOne, our Company and the other Guarantors agreed to pay to the Agent a collateral monitoring fee on the outstanding principal balance of the Debentures at per annum rate of 1%, which fee shall accrue daily and shall be payable to the Agent in cash on the last business day of each calendar month. LiveOne must also maintain a specified minimum cash balance (as set forth in the Debentures) and maintain minimum amounts of liquidity.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2025 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
List of Documents Filed.
(1) Financial Statements (Included in Item 8 of this Annual Report)
The consolidated financial statements of PodcastOne, Inc. (formerly Courtside Group, Inc.) included in this Annual Report include:
●
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the year ended March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2025
●
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules have been omitted since they are either not applicable or the information is contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(b)
Exhibits.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2023).
3.2
Certificate of Amendment, dated September 21, 2023, to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2023).
3.3
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 18, 2023).
4.1
Form of Warrants, dated July 15, 2022, issued by the Company to the Purchasers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
4.2*
Description of Securities.
10.1
Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2022, between the Company and the Purchasers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
10.2†
The Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
10.3†
Form of Director Option Agreement under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.4†
Form of Employee Option Agreement under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.5†
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2023, between the Company and Kit Gray (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 1, 2023).
10.6†
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2023, between the Company and Sue McNamara (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 15, 2023).
10.7†
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and executive officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.8
Form of Administrative Services Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2023).
10.9
Form of Separation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2023).
21.1
List of subsidiaries of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
23.1*
Consent of Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1*
Powers of attorney (included on signature page of this report).
31.1*
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
31.2*
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
32.1**
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1
PodcastOne Compensation Recovery Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 1, 2024).
101.INS*
Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
† Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement
*
Filed herewith.
**
Furnished herewith.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
We have elected not to include summary information.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized
PODCASTONE, INC.
Date: July 2, 2025
By:
/s/ Kit Gray
Name:
Kit Gray
Title:
President
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: July 2, 2025
By:
/s/ Ryan Carhart
Name:
Ryan Carhart
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
POWERS OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes Robert Ellin and Kit Gray and Ryan Carhart, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Ryan Carhart
Chief Financial Officer
July 2, 2025
Ryan Carhart
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Robert S. Ellin
Executive Chairman and Director
July 2, 2025
Robert Ellin
/s/ James Berk
Director
July 2, 2025
James Berk
/s/ Jay Krigsman
Director
July 2, 2025
Jay Krigsman
/s/ Ramin Arani
Director
July 2, 2025
Ramin Arani
/s/ Patrick Wachsberger
Director
July 2, 2025
Patrick Wachsberger
/s/ Carolyn Blackwood
Director
July 2, 2025
Carolyn Blackwood
/s/ Jon Merriman
Director
July 2, 2025
Jon Merriman

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations or forecasts for future events, including without limitation our earnings, revenues, expenses or other future financial or business performance or strategies, or the impact of legal or regulatory matters on our business, results of operations or financial condition. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “will likely result,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “continue,” “target” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are based on information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report and on our current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements herein due to a variety of factors, including: our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy, including relating to our technology platforms and applications; our ability to attract, maintain and increase the number of our listeners; management’s relationships with industry stakeholders; if and when required, our ability to obtain additional capital, including to fund our and/or LiveOne’s current debt obligations and to fund potential acquisitions and capital expenditures; our and LiveOne’s ability to consummate any proposed financing, acquisition, merger, distribution or other transaction, the timing of the consummation of any such proposed event, including the risks that a condition to the consummation of any such event would not be satisfied within the expected timeframe or at all, or that the consummation of any proposed financing, acquisition, merger, special dividend, distribution or transaction will not occur or whether any such event will enhance shareholder value; our ability to continue as a going concern; our ability to identify, acquire, secure and develop content; our ability to recognize and timely implement future technologies in the music and live streaming space; our ability to capitalize on investments in developing our service offerings, including our ability to deliver and develop upon current and future technologies; significant product development expenses associated with our technology initiatives; our ability to timely and economically obtain necessary approval(s), releases and or licenses on a timely basis for the use of our content on an appliable platform; our ability to obtain and maintain international authorizations to operate our service over the proper foreign jurisdictions our listeners utilize; our ability to expand our service offerings and deliver on our service roadmap; our ability to timely and cost-effectively produce, identify and or deliver compelling content that brands will advertise on and/or listeners desire to listen to; general economic and technological circumstances in the podcasting and digital streaming markets; our ability to obtain and maintain our current and new desirable content; the loss of, or failure to realize benefits from, agreements with our content providers and partners; unfavorable economic conditions in the podcasting industry and economy as a whole; our ability to expand our domestic or international operations, including our ability to grow our business with current and potential future podcasting platforms and partners; the effects of service interruptions or delays, technology failures, material defects or errors in our software, damage to our equipment or geopolitical restrictions; costs associated with defending pending or future intellectual property infringement actions and other litigation or claims; increases in our projected capital expenditures due to, among other things, unexpected costs incurred in connection with the roll out of our technology roadmap or our plans of expansion in North America and internationally; fluctuation in our operating results; the demand for podcasting and digital media streaming services and market acceptance for our products and services; LiveOne’s reliance on its largest OEM customer for a substantial percentage of its revenue; LiveOne’s intent to repurchase shares of its and/or our common stock from time to time under LiveOne’s announced stock repurchase program and the timing, price, and quantity of repurchases, if any, under the program; LiveOne’s ability to maintain compliance with certain of its financial and other covenants; our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to make payments on our and/or LiveOne’s indebtedness; LiveOne’s ability to repay its indebtedness when due; LiveOne’s ability to satisfy the conditions for closing on its announced additional convertible debentures financing; our incurrence of additional indebtedness in the future; uncertain and unfavorable outcomes in legal proceedings and/or our and/or LiveOne’s ability to pay any amounts due in connection with any such legal proceedings; changes in economic conditions; competition; risks and uncertainties applicable to the businesses of our Company, LiveOne and/or LiveOne’s other subsidiaries; and other risks, uncertainties and factors set forth herein. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those set forth below in Part II - Item 1A. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of as a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.
The following discussion and analysis of our business and results of operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, and our financial conditions at that date, should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. As used herein, “PodcastOne,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” and similar terms refer collectively to PodcastOne, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.
Overview
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 5, 2014 and are a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes our content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms, including our website (www.podcastone.com), our PodcastOne app, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music and more. We were recently ranked as high as #8 on the list of Top Podcast Publishers by the podcast metric company Podtrac.
After the completion of the spin-out of our Company from LiveOne the ("Spin-Out"), we became a standalone publicly traded company trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PODC”. We remain a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne, a Nasdaq listed company. We intend to mitigate risk by acquiring multiple assets over time and across a broad spectrum of podcast related media and companies. We intend to develop these assets to provide returns via organic growth, revenue production, out-licensing, sale or spin out.
We also produce vodcasts (video podcasts), branded podcasts, merchandise and live events on behalf of our talent and clients. With a proven 360-degree advertiser solution for multiplatform integration opportunities and hyper-targeting, we deliver millions of monthly impressions, 5.7+ million monthly unique listeners and 19+ million IAB monthly downloads. With content covering all verticals (i.e. sports, entertainment, true-crime, business, audio dramas, self-growth, etc.), we provide a platform for brands to reach their most sought after targeted audiences.
Our operating model is focused on offering white glove service to our shows, talent and advertising clients. With an in-house sales, production, marketing, and tech team, we believe PodcastOne delivers more to clients and talent than any other publisher in the marketplace. This allows us to scale our operations while attracting talent who bring in brand advertisers and revenue. We earn revenue through the sale of embedded host-read ads, dynamic ads (host read and otherwise), segment sponsorships, and programmatic monetization channels. We also provide the opportunity for clients to have 100% share of voice with branded podcast episodes or series as well as live tours, merch and IP ownership for original programming.
In addition to our core business, we also built, own and operate a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, Launchpad One. Launchpad One is a self-publishing podcast platform, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. Launchpad One serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years driven by increased advertising activity. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, our revenue was $52.1 million and $43.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 20%.
We are more than a podcast company. We are in the relationship business. Brands and creators partner with us to reach consumers who will purchase, listen and subscribe to their favorite PodcastOne podcasts across the audio landscape. We offer content for every type of listener with verticals including reality TV, sports, true crime self-help, and business. The visibility and reach of our network is evident with shows which consistently rank in the top 100 on the Apple Charts.
Our Business Model
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Our advertising strategy centers on the belief that advertising products that are based on content and are relevant to the Ad-Supported User can enhance Ad-Supported Users’ experiences and provide even greater returns for advertisers through the strength of our host-read embedded promos. According to a Super Listener Survey in 2021, an estimated 49% of listeners believe the hosts actually use the products and services they recommend and 60% of podcast listeners say they have bought something from hearing a podcast ad. Offering advertisers additional ways to purchase advertising on a programmatic basis is another key way that we expand our portfolio of advertising products and enhance advertising revenue. Furthermore, we continue to focus on analytics and measurement tools to evaluate, demonstrate, and improve the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on our platform.
When we are onboard new talent both parties have the common interest of creating content that advertisers want to purchase. We craft our deals with a percentage split of the advertising revenue (host-read embedded ads, DAI and programmatic) which strengthens our partnerships because when advertisers spend, we all win.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that the growth and future success of our business depends on many factors. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for our business, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations.
Impressions
The digital advertising industry is introducing new ways to measure and price advertising inventory. For example, a significant portion of advertisers are in the process of moving from purchasing advertisement impressions based on the number of advertisements served by the applicable ad server to a new “viewable” impression standard (based on number of pixels in view and duration) for select products. In the absence of a uniform industry standard, agencies and advertisers have adopted several different measurement methodologies and standards. In addition, measurement services may require technological integrations, which are still being evaluated by the advertising industry without an agreed-upon industry standard metric. As these trends in the industry continue to evolve, our advertising revenue may be adversely affected by the availability, accuracy, and utility of the available analytics and measurement technologies as well as our ability to successfully implement and operationalize such technologies and standards.
Further, the digital advertising industry is shifting to data-driven technologies and advertising products, such as automated buying. These data-driven advertising products and automated buying technologies allow publishers and advertisers to use data to target advertising toward specific groups of users who are more likely to be interested in the advertising message delivered to them. These advertising products and programmatic technologies are currently more developed in terms of advertising technology and industry adoption on the web than they are on mobile or on other software applications, and may not integrate with our desktop software version of the ad-supported services. Because the majority of our ad-supported user hours occur on mobile devices, if we are unable to deploy effective solutions to monetize the mobile device usage by our ad-supported user base, our ability to attract advertising spend, and ultimately our advertising revenue, may be adversely affected by this shift. In addition, we rely on third-party advertising technology platforms to participate in automated buying, and if these platforms cease to operate or experience instability in their business models, it also may adversely affect our ability to capture advertising spend.
We generate revenue by charging CPM based on the volume of purchased digital ads that we measure on behalf of these customers. If the volume of impressions we measure does not continue to grow or decreases for any reason, our business will suffer. For example, if digital ad spending remains constant and our advertiser customers transition to higher CPM ad inventory, overall impression volumes may decrease, which may result in fewer impressions for us to verify and a corresponding decline in our revenues.
Podcast Services
Our podcasts are available to users online alongside LiveOne’s digital Internet radio. Our users are able to listen to a variety of podcasts, from music, radio personalities, news, entertainment, comedy and sports. The podcasts are available on the LiveOne platforms and also on other leading podcast listening platforms such as Apple Music, Spotify, and Amazon. We monetize podcasts through paid advertising. We own one of the largest networks of podcast content in North America, which has over 300 exclusive podcast shows that produces over 275 episodes per week and has generated over 3.6 billion downloads to date.
In addition to our core business, we have also build, own and operate a solution for the growing number of independent podcasters, LaunchpadOne. LaunchpadOne is a self-publishing podcast platform, created to provide a low or no cost tool for independent podcasters without access to parent podcasting networks or state of the art equipment to create shows. LaunchpadOne serves as a talent pool for us to find new podcasts and talent.
Key Business Metric
We review various operating and financial metrics, including the number of podcasts downloaded to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. However, while we believe that other than the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform, such metrics do not materially help to evaluate our business, measure our performance or provide a better understanding of our results, our management uses its experience and understanding of the podcasting and advertising industry to evaluate such metrics, as well as CPM and various underlying podcast agreement terms (such as minimum guarantee payments, term, marketing spend) and others, such as advertiser engagement with a show, on a show by show basis and in totality across all shows on our network to predict our future business and financial performance. Accordingly, we are not aware of any uniform standards for calculating these key metrics, which may hinder comparability with other companies who may calculate similarly-titled metrics in a different way, and provide the number of podcasts downloaded on our platform as the metric that we believe provides the best understanding of our results, as more fully discussed below.
Year Ended
March 31,
YoY Growth
Number of podcast downloads
204,709,000
368,812,413
(44 )%
The decrease in the number of podcast downloads can be attributed to due largely to modified download behavior by Apple iOS 17 as it continues to be adopted by podcast listeners, as well as the departure of non-revenue generating partner networks from our podcast network.
Number of Podcast Downloads
We are an Ad-Supported Service that provides free content to listeners via their mobile and desktop devices. We generate revenue from the sale of audio, video and social advertising delivered through advertising impressions. We generally enter into arrangements with advertising agencies that purchase advertising on our platform on behalf of the agencies’ clients. These advertising arrangements typically specify the type of advertising product, pricing, insertion dates, and number of impressions in a stated period. Revenue for our Ad-Supported segment is affected primarily by the number of a show’s listeners and our ability to provide innovative advertising products that are relevant to our Ad-Supported Users and enhance returns for our advertising partners. Therefore we believe our ability to grow and measure our effectiveness of advertisers is dependent on tracking the number of podcast downloaded on our platform.
Basis of Presentation
Our results of operations and financial position are consolidated with LiveOne’s financial statements and these financial statements have been derived as if we had operated on a standalone basis during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts recorded for related party transactions with LiveOne may not be considered arm’s length transactions and therefore, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we engaged in such transactions with an unrelated third party during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Accordingly, our historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future, if and when we contract at arm’s length with unrelated third parties for services they receive from LiveOne.
Limitations and Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for financial information presented under U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of non-GAAP financial measures versus comparable financial measures determined under U.S. GAAP. For example, other companies in our industry may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect our future contractual commitments and the total increase or decrease of our cash balance for a given period. All of these limitations could reduce the usefulness of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools. Investors are encouraged to review the related U.S. GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures and to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
We generate revenue primarily from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue performed on a monthly basis which represents our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. We earn advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists of direct costs comprised of revenue sharing expenses owed to content creators and commissions.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of cost of sales, product development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel-related expenses are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, and, in the case of sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions. Operating expenses also include an allocation of overhead costs for facilities and shared IT-related expenses. As we continue to invest in our business, we expect our operating expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount, and although we believe our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease over the longer term, we expect operating expenses as a percentage of revenue will increase in the short term as we invest in product innovation and sales growth and incur additional professional services and compliance costs as we operate as a public company.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and Marketing include direct and indirect costs related to our advertising and marketing. Additionally, sales and marketing include merchandising advertising and royalty costs. Advertising expenses to promote our services are expensed as incurred.
Product Development
Product development costs not capitalized are primarily expenses for research and development, product and content development activities, including internal software development and improvement costs which have not been capitalized by us.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses for our finance, human resources, information technology, and legal organizations. These expenses also include non-personnel costs, such as outside legal, accounting, and other professional fees, software subscriptions, as well as certain tax, license, and insurance-related expenses, and allocated overhead costs.
We also recognized certain expenses as part of our transition to a publicly-traded company, consisting of professional fees and other expenses. In the quarters leading up to the listing of our common stock, we incurred professional fees and expenses, and in the quarter of our listing we incurred fees paid to our financial advisors in addition to other professional fees and expenses related to such listing. After the listing of our common stock, we continue to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a U.S. securities exchange and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). In addition, as a public company, we continue to incur additional costs associated with accounting, compliance, insurance, and investor relations. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount for the foreseeable future but to generally decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period depending on the timing and amount of our general and administrative expenses, including in the short term as we expect to incur increased compliance and professional service costs.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense and gain/losses on derivatives.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119
$ 43,302
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales
47,394
37,326
Sales and marketing
3,479
4,558
Product development
General and administrative
6,205
5,448
Impairment of intangible and fixed assets
-
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089
Total operating expenses
58,553
48,313
Loss from operations
(6,434 )
(5,011 )
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
-
(2,247 )
Change in fair value of derivatives
-
(7,603 )
Other income
-
Total other expense, net
-
(9,666 )
Loss before provision for income taxes
(6,434 )
(14,677 )
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
$ (6,458 )
$ (14,732 )
Net loss per share - basic and diluted
$ (0.26 )
$ (0.68 )
Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted
24,381,613
21,767,810
The following table provides the depreciation expense included in the above line items (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Depreciation expense
Cost of sales
$
$
%
Sales and marketing
(6 )%
General and administrative
%
Total depreciation expense
$
$
(1 )%
The following table provides the stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Stock-based compensation expense
Cost of sales
$
$
(86 )%
Sales and marketing
(96 )%
Product development
-
(100 )%
General and administrative
4,091
2,098
%
Total stock-based compensation expense
$ 4,215
$ 3,483
%
The following table provides our results of operations, as a percentage of revenue, for the periods presented:
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue
%
%
Operating expenses
Cost of sales
%
%
Sales and marketing
%
%
Product development
%
%
General and administrative
%
%
Impairment of intangible assets
%
%
Amortization of intangible assets
%
%
Total operating expenses
%
%
Income (loss) from operations
(12 )%
(12 )%
Other income (expense), net
%
(22 )%
Loss before income taxes
(12 )%
(34 )%
Income tax provision
%
%
Net loss
(12 )%
(34 )%
Revenue
Revenue increased $8.8 million, or 20%, for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 ("fiscal 2025") compared to our year ended March 31, 2024 ("fiscal 2024"). The increase in revenue was primarily due to the increase in advertising inventory. $8.2 million or 94% of the increase can be attributed to our single largest customer.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased $10.7 million, or 27%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase was in line with our revenue growth as revenue share splits with our content creators remained consistent.
Operating Expenses
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Sales and marketing expenses
$ 3,479
$ 4,558
(24 )%
Product development
(39 )%
General and administrative
6,205
5,448
%
Impairment of intangible assets
-
%
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089
%
Total Other Operating Expenses
$ 11,159
$ 10,987
%
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses decreased $1.1 million, or 24%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The decrease was primarily due to less advertising spending as it pertained to marketing our podcast shows.
Product Development
Product development decreased $0.1 million, or 39%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in project activity.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 14%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation and our legal and accounting fees.
Impairment of Intangible and Fixed Assets
Impairment of intangible assets increased by $0.3 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase is attributed to the cancellation of a show previously acquired (see Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets) in the amount of $.02 million and the remining due to ceasing to use some of the company's internally developed software.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets increased by $0.2 million, or 22%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase can be attributed to the increase in content related intangibles associated with the acquisition of certain podcasts.
Other Income (Expense), net
Year Ended
March 31,
% Change
Total other income (expense), net
$ -
$ (9,666 )
%
Other income (expense), net decreased $9.7 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. The increase is primarily due to an increase of $7.6 million due to the change in fair value of derivatives. In addition, there was a decrease of $2.2 million in interest expense attributed to the payoff of our Bridge Loan (as defined below), which began in July 2022 and was extinguished in September 2023.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The following table presents certain non-GAAP financial measures, along with the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for each period presented below. In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. See below for a description of the non-GAAP financial measures and their limitations as an analytical tool. A reconciliation is also provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Contribution Margin
Contribution Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as Revenue less Cost of Sales.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income (loss) before (a) non-cash GAAP purchase accounting adjustments for certain deferred revenue and costs, (b) legal, accounting and other professional fees directly attributable to acquisition activity, (c) employee severance payments and third party professional fees directly attributable to acquisition or corporate realignment activities, (d) certain non-recurring expenses associated with legal settlements or reserves for legal settlements in the period that pertain to historical matters that existed at acquired companies prior to their purchase date, (e) interest and other collateral/loan-related fees, (f) depreciation and amortization (including goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if any), and (g) certain stock-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance. We believe that information about Adjusted EBITDA assists investors by allowing them to evaluate changes in the operating results of our business separate from non-operational factors that affect net income (loss), thus providing insights into both operations and the other factors that affect reported results. Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP. A limitation of the use of Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain amortizing assets used in generating revenue in our business. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, operating income (loss), net income (loss), and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. Furthermore, this measure may vary among other companies; thus, Adjusted EBITDA as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Revenue.
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP financial measure for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
Non-
Recurring
Depreciation
Acquisition and
Other
(Benefit)
Net Income
and
Stock-Based
Realignment
(Income)
Provision
Adjusted
(Loss)
Amortization
Compensation
Costs
Expense
for Taxes
EBITDA
Year Ended March 31, 2025
Total
$ (6,458 )
$ 1,671
$ 4,215
$
$ -
$
$ (501 )
Year Ended March 31, 2024
Total
$ (14,732 )
$ 1,148
$ 3,483
$
$ 9,666
$
$
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Contribution Margin to Revenue, the most comparable GAAP financial measure (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119
$ 43,302
Less:
Cost of sales
(47,394 )
(37,326 )
Amortization of developed technology
(227 )
(228 )
Gross Profit
4,498
5,748
Add back amortization of developed technology:
Contribution Margin
$ 4,725
$ 5,976
Limitations and Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for financial information presented under U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of non-GAAP financial measures versus comparable financial measures determined under U.S. GAAP. For example, other companies in our industry may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect our future contractual commitments and the total increase or decrease of our cash balance for a given period. All of these limitations could reduce the usefulness of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools. Investors are encouraged to review the related U.S. GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures and to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates. We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, the assigned value of acquired tangible and intangible assets and assumed and contingent liabilities associated with business combinations, provision for legal settlements, useful lives and impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and other assets, the fair value of our equity-based compensation awards and convertible debt instruments, and valuation of deferred income tax assets and liabilities, have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We account for a contract with a customer when an approved contract exists, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and the collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable. Revenue is recognized when we satisfy our obligation by transferring control of the goods or services to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We use the expected value method to estimate the value of variable consideration on advertising and with original equipment manufacturer contracts to include in the transaction price and reflect changes to such estimates in periods in which they occur. Variable consideration for these services is allocated to and recognized over the related time period such advertising and membership services are rendered as the amounts reflect the consideration we are entitled to and relate specifically to our efforts to satisfy our performance obligation. The amount of variable consideration included in revenue is limited to the extent that it is probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
We report revenue on a gross or net basis based on management’s assessment of whether we act as a principal or agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as the principal, revenue is reported on a gross basis net of any sales tax from customers, when applicable. The determination of whether we act as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether we control the good or service prior to transfer to the customer. Where applicable, we have determined that we act as the principal in all of its membership service streams and may act as principal or agent for our advertising and licensing revenue streams.
Advertising Revenue
Advertising revenue primarily consist of revenues generated from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue on a monthly basis which represents the Company’s efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. The Company earns advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions..
From time to time we enter into barter transactions involving advertising provided in exchange for goods and services. Revenue from barter transactions is recognized ratably over time based on the terms of the contract as delivery of impressions is performed on a consistent basis. The transaction price for these contracts is measured at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received unless this is not reasonably estimable, in which case the consideration is measured based on the standalone selling price of the advertising spots promised or delivered to the customer. Services received are charged to expense in the same manner.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. This model requires us to estimate the expected volatility and the expected term of the stock options which are highly complex and subjective variables. The variables take into consideration, among other things, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior. We use a predicted volatility of its stock price during the expected life of the options that is based on the historical performance of our stock price as well as including an estimate using guideline companies. Expected term is computed using the simplified method as the Company’s best estimate given its lack of actual exercise history. We have selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the expected term of the stock. Stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.
Stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at the grant date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. We record the fair value of these equity-based awards and expense at their cost ratably over related vesting periods.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting where the cost is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired, based on their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. Additionally, any contingent consideration is recorded at fair value on the acquisition date and classified as a liability. Goodwill is recognized to the extent by which the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree exceeds the recognized basis of the identifiable assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenue, expenses and cash flows, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimates of customer turnover rates and estimates of terminal values.
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC Topic 470-20-25, when we issue debt with warrants, we treat the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either a liability or within equity in our consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. We determine the value of the warrants using an appropriate valuation method, including a Black-Scholes or Monte-Carlo Simulation. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The debt is treated as conventional debt.
Convertible Debt - Derivative Treatment
When we issue debt with a conversion feature, we must first assess whether the conversion feature meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, as follows: (a) one or more underlyings, typically the price of our common stock; (b) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; (c) no initial net investment, which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and (d) net settlement provisions, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion can be readily sold for cash. An embedded equity-linked component that meets the definition of a derivative does not have to be separated from the host instrument if the component qualifies for the scope exception for certain contracts involving an issuer’s own equity. The scope exception applies if the contract is both (a) indexed to its own stock; and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in its balance sheet.
If the conversion feature within convertible debt meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, we estimate the fair value of the convertible debt derivative using the appropriate valuation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is higher than the face value of the convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The convertible debt derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt.
Debt Modifications and Extinguishments
When we modify or extinguishes debt, we first evaluate the debt and determine whether the modification qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) under ASC Topic 470-60, which requires debt modifications to be evaluated if (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, and (2) the lender grants the borrower a concession. If a TDR is determined not to have occurred, we evaluate the modification in accordance with ASC Topic 470-50-40, which requires modification to debt instruments to be evaluated to assess whether the modifications are considered “substantial modifications”. A substantial modification of terms is accounted for like an extinguishment.
If there is a conversion feature within the debt instrument, we evaluate whether the conversion feature should be bifurcated under ASC 815 as a derivative. If we believe the embedded conversion feature has no fair value on the date of issuance (measurement date) and the embedded conversion feature has no beneficial conversion feature, the embedded conversion feature does not meet the criteria in ASC 470-50-40-10 or 470-20-25 and the issuance of the convertible debt is considered a modification, and not an extinguishment that would require the recognition of a gain or loss. If we determine the change in fair value of the derivative meets the criteria for substantial modification under ASC 470 it will treat the modification as extinguishment and recognize a loss from debt extinguishment.
Commitments and Contingencies
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and other matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business activities. Many of these proceedings may be at preliminary stages and/or seek an indeterminate amount of damages. We regularly evaluate the status of our commitments and contingencies in which we are involved to (i) assess whether a material loss is probable or there is at least a reasonable possibility that a material loss or an additional material loss in excess of a recorded accrual may have been incurred and (ii) determine if financial accruals are required when appropriate. We record an expense accrual for any commitments and loss contingency when we determine that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If an expense accrual is not appropriate, we further evaluate each matter to assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made and whether or not any such matter requires additional disclosure. There can be no assurance that any proceeding against us will be resolved in amounts that will not differ from the amounts of estimated exposures. Legal fees and other costs of defending litigation are expensed as incurred.
Non-Income Tax Contingencies
We do not collect and remit sales and use or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable or legally required.
The June 2018 U.S. Supreme Court ruling in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., No. 17-494, along with the application of existing, new or future rulings and laws, could have adverse effects on our business, prospects and operating results.
Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Finite Lives
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination, and allocate the purchase price of each acquired business to its respective net tangible and intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets principally comprise of customer relationships and technology. We determine the appropriate useful life by performing an analysis of expected cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which the majority of the economic benefits is expected to be consumed.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or when events or circumstances change that would indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Events or circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends or significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets, and other long-lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. These trigger events or changes in circumstances include, but are not limited to a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse changes in legal factors, including changes that could result from our inability to renew or replace material agreements with certain of our partners such as Tesla Motors on favorable terms, significant adverse changes in the business climate including changes which may result from adverse shifts in technology in our industry and the impact of competition, a significant adverse deterioration in the amount of revenue or cash flows we expect to generate from an asset group, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. We perform impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. In making this determination, we consider the specific operating characteristics of the relevant long-lived assets, including (i) the nature of the direct and any indirect revenues generated by the assets; (ii) the interdependency of the revenues generated by the assets; and (iii) the nature and extent of any shared costs necessary to operate the assets in their intended use. An impairment test would be performed when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group is less than its carrying amount. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset by comparing its carrying value to its fair value. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. The key estimates applied when preparing cash flow projections relate to revenue, operating margins, economic lives of assets, overheads, taxation and discount rates. To date, we have not recognized any such impairment loss associated with our long-lived assets.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is the same or one level below an operating segment. In any year we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is in excess of its carrying value. If we cannot determine qualitatively that the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, or we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment, we perform a quantitative analysis. The quantitative analysis is used to identify both the existence of impairment and the amount of the impairment loss by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. The estimated fair value is based on internal projections of expected future cash flows and operating plans, as well as market conditions relative to the operations of our reporting units. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired; otherwise, an impairment loss is recognized within our consolidated statements of operations in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Current Financial Condition
As of March 31, 2025, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $1.1 million, which primarily are invested in cash in banking institutions in the U.S. The vast majority of our cash proceeds were received as a result of our operations, completed private placement offering (the “Bridge Loan”) of our unsecured convertible notes with an original issue discount of 10% (the “OID”) in the aggregate principal amount of $8.8 million (the “Bridge Notes”) and intercompany loans from our parent, LiveOne. All of such Bridge Notes were converted into shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of our Direct Listing. As of March 31, 2025, we had a net related party payable balance of $0.2 million. Our parent is required to maintain a minimum cash balance as a result of debt covenants on its debt.
Our long-term ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, and obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing. Our ability to continue as a going concern is also dependent its ability to further develop and execute on our business plan. We may also have to reduce certain overhead costs through the reduction of salaries and other means and settle liabilities through negotiation. There can be no assurance that management’s attempts at any or all of these endeavors will be successful.
Sources of Liquidity
On July 15, 2022, we completed a private placement offering of the Bridge Notes for gross proceeds of $8.0 million. In connection with the sale of the Bridge Notes, the holders of the Bridge Note received the Bridge Warrants, and we issued the Placement Agent Warrants to the placement agent. The Bridge Notes were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2023, subject to a one-time three-month extension at our election. We elected the extension and extended the maturity date to October 15, 2023. On September 8, 2023, we completed a Qualified Event (as defined in the Bridge Notes) as a result of our direct listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market on such date. In connection with such completed Qualified Event, all of the remaining Bridge Notes (including interest thereunder) in the aggregate amount of approximately $7.02 million converted into approximately 2,341,000 shares of our common stock at the conversion price of $3.00 per share, and the exercise price of the Bridge Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants was fixed at $3.00 per share. As a result of the Spin-Out, we issued 3,114,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock all of which were issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025.
In August 2023, LiveOne entered into a $1.7 million secured loan with Capchase which accrues interest at 8% and matures 30 months form issuance (the “Capchase Loan”). On January 28, 2025, LiveOne entered into a new Business Loan Agreement (the “2025 Business Loan Agreement”) with its then senior lender to update certain terms of its former credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”), including to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the promissory note underlying the facility (the “Promissory Note”) to $3,750,000, reflecting LiveOne’s repayment of the ABL Credit Facility as of such date, and to extend the maturity date of the Promissory Note to November 20, 2025.
On May 19, 2025, we and LiveOne entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers our Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures (the “Initial Debentures”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,775,000 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $15,250,000, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions (as defined below), LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers its additional Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $11,000,000 on substantially the same terms as the Initial Debentures (the “Additional Debentures” and collectively with the Initial Debentures, the “Debentures”). The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. LiveOne may sell to the Purchasers the Additional Debentures if within 15 months of the Closing Date either of the following conditions have been satisfied during such 15-month period (the “Conditions”): (x) the VWAP (as defined in the SPA) of LiveOne’s common stock has been equal to or greater than $4.20 per share (subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations) for 30 consecutive trading days, or (y) Free Cash Flow (as defined in the SPA) has been equal to or greater to $3,000,000 for three consecutive fiscal quarters, and has increased in each of the foregoing quarters from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month. In connection with the sale of the Debentures, LiveOne paid off all obligations owing under, and terminated, the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, and all related loan agreements.
As of May 31, 2025, LiveOne’s total outstanding consolidated indebtedness was $17.4 million, net of fees and discounts, which consisted of the Debentures and the Capchase Loan. The ABL Credit Facility documents contain a covenant that if a material adverse change occurs in its financial condition, or such lender reasonably believes the prospect of payment or performance of their loan is materially impaired, the lender at its option may immediately accelerate their debt and require LiveOne to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder. For example, if for any reason LiveOne fails to comply with the terms of its settlement agreement with SoundExchange, its senior credit facility provider may declare an event of default and at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and/or us to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the senior credit facility, which would materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
On October 1, 2024, LiveOne announced an amended relationship with our largest OEM customer. The OEM customer no longer subsidize LiveOne's services to some of its customers, however, LiveOne continues to offer all OEM customer vehicles in North America the opportunity to convert to become direct subscribers of LiveOne’s LiveOne music app. The direct subscription to the LiveOne app allows such users for the first time to access their LiveOne music and LiveOne’s other service offerings directly across all of their devices. LiveOne’s music streaming button/icon, which allows users to directly connect their subscription to LiveOne, is expected to remain in the OEM customer’s music streaming services dashboard in perpetuity. The OEM customer will continue to pay LiveOne monthly for grandfathered vehicles for the term of the OEM license agreement. Accordingly, the change in LiveOne’s relationship with the OEM customer in October 2024 is likely to cause its liquidity and cash flows to fluctuate significantly beyond March 31, 2025, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly beyond March 31, 2025. LiveOne’s liquidity will depend upon its ability to convert as many of the OEM drivers as possible to become direct subscribers of its LiveOne app and the OEM customer continuing to pay for any grandfather users, as well as LiveOne’s ability to enter into new B2B agreements to provide its services that could materially contribute to our liquidity and cash flows, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly. In addition, LiveOne’s liquidity will depend on its ability to negotiate with its music labels, publishers and other partners to achieve flexibility in the terms of its license agreements to match their OEM driver conversions, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, LiveOne’s liquidity will be dependent on its ability to repay the Debentures when due and/or pay any amounts that LiveOne has agreed to pay under the SX Settlement Agreement, which may then have an impact on our liquidity and potentially cause our liquidity to fluctuate significantly.
We are looking to secure additional interim financing in the immediate future, which is needed to continue our current level of operations in the future and satisfy our obligations. In the absence of additional sources of liquidity, management anticipates that existing cash resources will not be sufficient to meet current operating and liquidity needs beyond June 2026. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional liquidity or be successful in raising additional funds or that such required funds, if available, will be available on attractive terms, or at all, or that they will not have a significant dilutive effect on our existing stockholders. In addition, management is unable to determine at this time whether any of these potential sources of liquidity will be adequate to support our future business operations. While we do not currently anticipate delays or hindrances to our current business operations and initiatives schedule due to liquidity constraints, without additional funding we may not be able to continue our current level of business operations in the future.
Subject to applicable limitations in the instruments governing our outstanding indebtedness, if any, we may also use our current cash and cash equivalents to repurchase shares of our common stock, some or all of our convertible notes and pay down our debt, in part or in full. We may do so in the open market, through tender offers, through exchanges for debt or equity securities, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.
In the future, we may utilize additional commercial financings, bonds, notes, debentures, lines of credit and term loans with a syndicate of commercial banks or other bank syndicates and/or issue equity securities (publicly or privately) for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investing in our intangible assets, content, platform and technologies.
As reflected in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, we have a history of losses and had working capital of $1.5 million as of March 31, 2025. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date that the financial statements are issued. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm in their audit report to our financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to execute our strategy and on our ability to raise additional funds through the sale of equity and/or debt securities via public and/or private offerings.
Our long-term ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to increase revenue, reduce costs, achieve a satisfactory level of profitable operations, and/or obtain additional sources of suitable and adequate financing. Our ability to continue as a going concern is also dependent its ability to further develop and execute on our business plan. We may also have to reduce certain overhead costs through the reduction of salaries and other means and settle liabilities through negotiation. There can be no assurance that management’s attempts at any or all of these endeavors will be successful.
Credit Agreement and Other Debt
For additional information regarding our credit agreement and other debt, see “Contractual Obligations” in this Item 7 below and in the footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Notes 6,7, and 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report).
Sources and Uses of Cash
Cash Flows
The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
Year Ended
March 31,
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$ (212 )
$ 2,211
Net cash used in investing activities
(154 )
(1,328 )
Net cash used in financing activities
-
(3,000 )
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$ (366 )
$ (2,117 )
Cash (Used In) Provided By Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 of $0.2 million primarily resulted from our net loss during the period of $6.5 million, which included non-cash charges of $4.4 million largely comprised of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, provision for credit losses and impairment of intangibles. The remainder of our sources of cash used in operating activities of $1.8 million for this period was from changes in our working capital, including $2.4 million from timing of intercompany payables/receivables.
Net cash provided by our operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $2.2 million primarily resulted from our net loss during the period of $14.7 million, which included non-cash charges of $13.8 million largely comprised of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, accretion of debt discount and change in fair value of derivatives. The remainder of our sources of cash used in operating activities of $3.2 million for this period was from changes in our working capital, including $2.0 million from timing of intercompany payables/receivables.
Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 of $0.2 million was principally due to the $0.2 million of cash used for the purchase of property and equipment during such period.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $1.3 million was principally due to the $1.0 million of cash used for the purchase of intangibles and $0.3 million of cash used for the purchase of property and equipment during such period.
Cash Flows Used In Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 was none.
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2024 of $3.0 million was primarily due to the repayment of our PC1 Bridge Loan of $3.0 million.
Debt Covenants
As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne was in compliance with all covenants under the Capchase Loan and the ABL Credit Facility.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP; Los Angeles, California; PCAOB ID#324)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
PodcastOne, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PodcastOne, Inc. (a subsidiary of LiveOne, Inc.) (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern Uncertainty
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows from operating activities and has a net capital deficiency. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2022.
Los Angeles, CA
July 2, 2025
PCAOB ID No. 324
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
March 31,
March 31,
Assets
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Accounts receivable, net
6,246 6,023
Prepaid expense and other current assets
230 1,105
Total Current Assets
7,555 8,573
Property and equipment, net
59 309
Goodwill
12,041 12,041
Intangible assets, net
1,186 3,145
Related party receivable
354 57
Total Assets
$ 21,195 $ 24,125
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$ 5,539 $ 7,383
Related party payable
514 315
Total Current Liabilities
6,053 7,698
Other long-term liabilities
- 86
Total Liabilities
6,053 7,784
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, par value $0.00001, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively
- -
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively; 26,016,107 and 23,608,049 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively
- -
Additional paid in capital
51,211 45,952
Accumulated deficit
(36,069 ) (29,611 )
Total stockholders’ equity
15,142 16,341
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
$ 21,195 $ 24,125
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year Ended
March 31,
Revenue:
$ 52,119 $ 43,302
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales
47,394 37,326
Sales and marketing
3,479 4,558
Product development
52 85
General and administrative
6,205 5,448
Impairment of intangible and fixed assets
334 -
Amortization of intangible assets
1,089 896
Total operating expenses
58,553 48,313
Loss from operations
(6,434 ) (5,011 )
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
- (2,247 )
Change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives
- (7,603 )
Other income
- 184
Total other income (expense), net
- (9,666 )
Loss before provision for income taxes
(6,434 ) (14,677 )
Provision for income taxes
24 55
Net loss
$ (6,458 ) $ (14,732 )
Net loss per share - basic and diluted
$ (0.26 ) $ (0.68 )
Weighted average common shares - basic and diluted
24,381,613 21,767,810
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Additional
Total
Common Stock
Paid in
Accumulated
Stockholders’
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Equity
Balance as of April 1, 2024
23,608,049 $ - $ 45,952 $ (29,611 ) $ 16,341
Stock-based compensation
- - 1,940 - 1,940
Vested employee restricted stock units
710,565 - - - -
Common stock issued for services
381,613 - 806 - 806
Contribution from parent
1,315,880 - 2,513 - 2,513
Net loss
- - - (6,458 ) (6,458 )
Balance as of March 31, 2025
26,016,107 $ - $ 51,211 $ (36,069 ) $ 15,142
Additional
Total
Common Stock
Paid in
Accumulated
Stockholders’
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Equity
Balance as of April 1, 2023
20,000,000 $ - $ 19,785 $ (12,666 ) $ 7,119
Stock-based compensation
- - 3,030 - 3,030
Vested employee restricted stock units
287,500 - - - -
Common stock warrants reclassed to equity
- - 9,116 - 9,116
Bridge loan converted into common stock
2,340,707 - 10,276 - 10,276
Common stock dividend
504,080 - 2,213 (2,213 ) -
Common stock issued for services
82,629 - 159 - 159
Contribution from parent
159,333 - 294 - 294
Common stock issued for purchase of intangibles
233,800 - 1,079 - 1,079
Net loss
- - - (14,732 ) (14,732 )
Balance as of March 31, 2024
23,608,049 $ - $ 45,952 $ (29,611 ) $ 16,341
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Year Ended
March 31,
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss
$ (6,458 ) $ (14,732 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
1,338 1,148
Stock-based compensation
2,747 3,189
Amortization of debt discount
- 1,949
Change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives
- 7,603
Impairment of fixed assets
158 -
Impairment of intangibles
176 -
Provision for credit losses
(4 ) (109 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(218 ) 962
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
876 (99 )
Related party receivable/payables
2,415 2,032
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
(1,196 ) 182
Other liabilities
(46 ) 86
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(212 ) 2,211
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
(154 ) (318 )
Purchase of intangible assets
- (1,010 )
Net cash used in investing activities
(154 ) (1,328 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Payments on bridge loan
- (3,000 )
Net cash used in financing activities
- (3,000 )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(366 ) (2,117 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
1,445 3,562
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes
$ - $ -
Cash paid for interest
$ - $ -
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued in exchange for the purchase of intangibles
$ - $ 1,079
Purchase of intangibles accrued for at period end
$ - $ 1,221
Common stock issued in connection with repayment of intercompany balance
$ 2,513 $ 294
Common stock issued in connection with the conversion of the bridge loan
$ - $ 10,276
Common stock issued in connection with the conversion of accrued interest on the bridge loan
$ - $ 918
Common stock dividend
$ - $ 2,213
Warrants classified from liabilities to equity
$ - $ 9,116
Derivative exchanged into common stock associated with the bridge loan
$ - $ 3,254
Accrued expenses written off associated with intangible asset impairment
$ 695 $ -
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PODCASTONE, INC.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Note 1 - Organization and Basis of Presentation
Organization
PodcastOne, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “PodcastOne”) is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Beverly Hills, California. The Company is a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes its content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms, including its website (www.podcastone.com), its PodcastOne app, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music and more.
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on February 25, 2014, and is a majority owned subsidiary of LiveOne, Inc. (“LiveOne”), a Nasdaq listed company. On July 1, 2020, LiveOne through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., acquired the Company. Acquisitions are included in the Company’s financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company uses purchase accounting for its acquisitions, which results in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. In connection with the acquisition, the accounts of the Company were adjusted using the push down basis of accounting to recognize the allocation of the net assets acquired which was determined to be $16.1 million. In accordance with the push down basis of accounting, the Company’s net assets were adjusted to their fair values as of the date of the acquisition based upon an independent appraisal. The Company has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Courtside, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and PodcastOne Sales, LLC, a California limited liability company.
Basis of Presentation
The results of operations and financial position of the Company are consolidated with LiveOne’s financial statements and these financial statements have been derived as if the Company had operated on a standalone basis during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts recorded for related party transactions with LiveOne may not be considered arm’s length transactions and therefore, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows had the Company engaged in such transactions with an unrelated third party during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Accordingly, the Company’s historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future, if and when the Company contracts at arm’s length with unrelated third parties for services they receive from LiveOne.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to GAAP as found in the ASC and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).
Going Concern and Liquidity
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.
The Company’s principal sources of liquidity have historically been its debt issuances and its cash and cash equivalents (which cash, cash equivalents amounted to $1.1 million as of March 31, 2025). The Company has an accumulated deficit of $36.1 million and had positive working capital of $1.5 million as of March 31, 2025. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date that these financial statements are filed. The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
F-
The Company is looking for additional financing sources to attempt to secure additional interim financing, which is needed to continue its current level of business operations and satisfy its current obligations, unless such financing is provided by LiveOne, if at all. In the absence of additional sources of liquidity, management anticipates that existing cash resources will not be sufficient to meet current operating and liquidity needs beyond June 2026. There is no assurance that management will be able to obtain additional liquidity or be successful in raising additional funds or that such required funds, if available, or that LiveOne will provide any financing to the Company, if at all, or that any such financing will be available on attractive terms or that it will not have a significant dilutive effect on the Company’s existing stockholders. In addition, management is unable to determine at this time whether any of these potential sources of liquidity will be adequate to support the Company’s future business operations. While the Company does not currently anticipate delays or hindrances to its current business operations and initiatives schedule due to liquidity constraints, without additional funding the Company may not be able to continue its current level of business operations in the future. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.
Principles of Consolidation
The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company uses purchase accounting for its acquisitions, which results in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, the assigned value of acquired assets and assumed and contingent liabilities associated with business combinations and the related purchase price allocation, useful lives and impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and other assets, the fair value of the Company’s equity-based compensation awards, convertible debt and debt instruments, fair value derivatives and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.
Revenue Recognition Policy
The Company accounts for a contract with a customer when an approved contract exists, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and the collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable. Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its obligation by transferring control of the goods or services to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company uses the expected value method to estimate the value of variable consideration on advertising contracts to include in the transaction price and reflect changes to such estimates in periods in which they occur. Variable consideration for these services is allocated to and recognized over the related time period such advertising services are rendered as the amounts reflect the consideration the Company is entitled to and relate specifically to the Company’s efforts to satisfy its performance obligation. The amount of variable consideration included in revenue is limited to the extent that it is probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
F-
Practical Expedients
The Company elected the practical expedient and recognized the incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less.
Allocation of Costs
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include an allocation of costs that have been incurred by LiveOne on the Company’s behalf. Such expenses incurred include, but are not limited to, salaries, benefits, share-based compensation expense, insurance, accounting, tax and legal services. Such expenses were allocated to the Company based upon certain assumptions and estimates that were made in order to allocate a reasonable share of such expenses to the Company, so that the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect substantially all costs of doing business. The authoritative guidance to allocate such costs is set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB Topic 1-B “Allocations of Expenses and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity.”
Had the Company been operating on a stand-alone basis, the cost allocated would not be materially different for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Gross Versus Net Revenue Recognition
The Company reports revenue on a gross basis for all advertising contracts based on management’s assessment of whether the Company acts as a principal or agent in the transaction and is evaluated on a transaction-by-transaction basis. To the extent the Company acts as the principal, revenue is reported on a gross basis and gross of revenue sharing expenses owed to the content creators. The determination of whether the Company acts as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether the Company controls the good or service prior to transfer to the customer. The gross amount of revenue recognized is equal to the amounts received from our customer, gross of revenue sharing expenses owed to the content creators.
Advertising Revenue
Advertising revenue primarily consist of revenues generated from the sale of audio, video, and display advertising space to third-party advertising exchanges. Revenues are recognized based on delivery of impressions over the contract period to the third-party exchanges, either when an ad is placed for listening or viewing by a visitor or when the visitor “clicks through” on the advertisement. The advertising exchange companies report the variable advertising revenue performed on a monthly basis which represents the Company’s efforts to satisfy the performance obligation. The Company earns advertising revenues primarily for fees earned from advertisement placement purchased by the customer during the time the podcast is delivered to the viewing audience, under the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable podcasting agreement calculated using impressions.
From time to time the Company enters into barter transactions involving advertising provided in exchange for goods and services. Revenue from barter transactions is recognized ratably over time based on the terms of the contract as delivery of impressions is performed on a consistent basis. The transaction price for these contracts is measured at the estimated fair value of the non-cash consideration received unless this is not reasonably estimable, in which case the consideration is measured based on the standalone selling price of the advertising spots promised or delivered to the customer. Services received are charged to expense in the same manner. Barter revenue for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $25.0 million and $16.7 million, respectively. The Company's barter revenue is attributed to one customer and comprised of 48% and 39% of its revenue for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists of direct costs comprised of revenue sharing expenses owed to content creators and commissions.
F-
Sales and Marketing
Sales and Marketing include the direct and indirect costs related to the Company’s event advertising and marketing. Advertising expenses to promote the Company’s services are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses included in sales and marketing expense were $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Product Development
Product development costs not capitalized are primarily expenses for research and development, product and content development activities, including internal software development and improvement costs which have not been capitalized by the Company.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is allocated to the Company from its parent LiveOne based on the amount of stock-based compensation granted to employees of the Company in the form of stock-based compensation of LiveOne in accordance with SAB Topic 1-B “Allocations of Expenses and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity.”
LiveOne and the Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on an accelerated basis. LiveOne and the Company accounts for awards with graded vesting as if each vesting tranche is valued as a separate award. LiveOne and the Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. This model requires LiveOne and the Company to estimate the expected volatility and the expected term of the stock options which are highly complex and subjective variables. The variables take into consideration, among other things, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior. LiveOne and the Company uses a predicted volatility of its stock price during the expected life of the options that is based on the historical performance of LiveOne and the Company’s stock price as well as including an estimate using guideline companies. The expected term is computed using the simplified method as LiveOne and the Company’s best estimate given its lack of actual exercise history. LiveOne and the Company has selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the expected term of the option. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. Compensation expense resulting from granted restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant and is recognized as share-based compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Stock-based awards are comprised principally of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”). Forfeitures are recognized as incurred. LiveOne records the fair value of these equity-based awards and expense at their cost ratably over related vesting periods.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, the Company began to issue equity awards in the form of RSUs directly to its employees under the Company's 2022 Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in December 2022.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
F-
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and the dilutive effect of contingent shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive contingent shares consist of stock options issued to employees, directors, vendors and consultants, restricted stock units, and convertible notes would be excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because their effect is anti-dilutive.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding common shares including the dilutive effect of stock awards as determined under the treasury stock method. In periods when we have a net loss, stock awards are excluded from our calculation of earnings per share as their inclusion would have an antidilutive effect.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting where the purchase consideration is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired, based on their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase consideration over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recognized and measured as of the acquisition date at fair value. Additionally, any contingent consideration is recorded at fair value on the acquisition date and classified as a liability. Goodwill is recognized to the extent by which the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree exceeds the recognized basis of the identifiable assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenue, expenses and cash flows, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimates of customer turnover rates, estimates of terminal values, and royalty rates.
Segment Reporting
The Company presents the financial statements by segment in accordance with ASC Topic No. 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”) to provide investors with transparency into how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) manages the business. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment, which is the business of being a leading podcast platform and publisher that makes its content available to audiences via all podcasting distribution platforms. The Company determined the CODM is its President. The CODM reviews financial information and allocates resources across its one operating segment.
The CODM evaluates the performance of the operating segment and allocates resources based on net loss that also is reported on the consolidated statements of operations as net loss. The measure of the operating segment assets is reported on the consolidated balance sheet as total assets. All of the Company's revenue is attributable to the United States and all of the Company's assets are located in the Unites States.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities, when purchased, of three months or less.
The following table provides amounts included in cash and cash equivalents presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Total cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,079 $ 1,445
Accounts Receivable
The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Generally, it records specific reserves to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected when a customer’s account ages beyond typical collection patterns, or the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations.
The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large and established nature of its largest customers and the nature of its receivables.
F-
The Company’s accounts receivable at March 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Accounts receivable, gross
$ 6,318 $ 6,099
Less: Allowance for credit losses
(72 ) (76 )
Accounts receivable, net
$ 6,246 $ 6,023
Related Party Receivable and Payables
LiveOne has historically maintained a lending relationship with the Company in order to supplement the Company’s working capital needs. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the net payable from the Company to LiveOne was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. LiveOne does not charge interest on these borrowings.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs of improvements that extend the economic life or improve service potential are also capitalized. Capitalized costs are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Costs for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of its platform and other software applications for internal use. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company begins to capitalize its costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. The Company stops capitalizing these costs when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, including the completion of all significant testing. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be two years. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditure will result in additional functionality and expense costs incurred for maintenance and minor upgrades and enhancements. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded within product development expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: computer, machinery, and software equipment (3 to 5 years), furniture and fixtures (3 to 5 years), leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term and capitalized software (2 years).
The Company evaluates the carrying value of its property and equipment if there are indicators of potential impairment. If there are indicators of potential impairment, the Company performs an analysis to determine the recoverability of the asset group carrying value by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows to the net book value of the asset group. If it is determined that the expected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the net book value of the asset group, the excess of the net book value over the estimated fair value is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is generally estimated using valuation techniques that consider the discounted cash flows of the asset group using discount and capitalization rates deemed reasonable for the type of assets, as well as prevailing market conditions, appraisals, recent similar transactions in the market and, if appropriate and available, current estimated net sales proceeds from pending offers.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination and is carried at cost. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment testing, as well as between annual tests when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform our annual impairment testing at January 1 of each year.
F-
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. The Company generally tests goodwill for possible impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If a qualitative assessment is not used, or if the qualitative assessment is not conclusive, a quantitative impairment test is performed. If a quantitative test is performed, the Company determines the fair value of the related reporting unit and compares this value to the recorded net assets of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is determined using a market approach based on quoted prices in active markets. In the event the recorded net assets of the reporting unit exceed the estimated fair value of such assets, an impairment charge is recorded. Based on the Company’s annual impairment assessment, no impairments of goodwill were identified during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Estimations and assumptions regarding, future performance, results of the Company’s operations and comparability of its market capitalization and net book value will be used.
Intangible Assets with Finite Useful Lives
The Company has certain finite-lived intangible assets that were initially recorded at their fair value at the time of acquisition. These intangible assets consist of Intellectual Property and Content Creator Relationships resulting from business combinations. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: Brand and Trade Names (10 years) and Content Creator relationships (2 years).
The Company reviews all finite lived intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss for the excess carrying value over the fair value in its consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded an impairment loss of $0.2 million and none during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements - Valuation Hierarchy
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (i.e., an exit price). The Company uses the three-level valuation hierarchy for classification of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the data market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The three-tier hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:
Level 1
Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument.
Level 3
Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.
F-
The classification of assets and liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Proper classification of fair value measurements within the valuation hierarchy is considered each reporting period. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value each time a financial statement is prepared. The derivative liabilities are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2025 and are Level 3 measurements. There have been no transfers between levels.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains cash balances at commercial banks. Cash balances commonly exceed the $250,000 amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to such cash and cash equivalents.
Debt with Warrants
In accordance with ASC Topic 470-20-25, when the Company issues debt with warrants, the Company treats the fair value of the warrants as a debt discount, recorded as a contra-liability against the debt, and amortizes the balance over the life of the underlying debt as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method. The offset to the contra-liability is recorded as either equity or liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets depending on the accounting treatment of the warrants. If the debt is retired early, the associated debt discount is then recognized immediately as amortization of debt discount expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Convertible Debt - Derivative Treatment
When the Company issues debt with a conversion feature, we must first assess whether the conversion feature meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, as follows: (a) one or more underlyings, typically the price of our common stock; (b) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; (c) no initial net investment, which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and (d) net settlement provisions, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion can be readily sold for cash. An embedded equity-linked component that meets the definition of a derivative does not have to be separated from the host instrument if the component qualifies for the scope exception for certain contracts involving an issuer’s own equity. The scope exception applies if the contract is both (a) indexed to its own stock; and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in its balance sheet.
If the conversion feature within convertible debt meets the requirements to be treated as a derivative, we estimate the fair value of the convertible debt derivative using a Monte Carlo simulation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is higher than the face value of the convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the convertible debt derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt using the straight-line method.
F-
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures to update reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to assess segment performance. This update is effective beginning with the Company’s 2024 fiscal year annual reporting period, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on April 1, 2024 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), which will require the Company to disclose specified additional information in its income tax rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. ASU 2023-09 will also require the Company to disaggregate its income taxes paid disclosure by federal, state and foreign taxes, with further disaggregation required for significant individual jurisdictions. The Company will adopt ASU 2023-09 beginning in the first quarter of 2026. ASU 2023-09 allows for adoption using either a prospective or retrospective transition method The Company is currently assessing the impact this standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the SEC did not or are not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statement presentation or disclosures.
F-
Note 3 - Property and Equipment
The Company’s property and equipment at March 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Property and equipment, net
Computer, machinery, and software equipment
$ 132 $ 127
Furniture and fixtures
14 14
Leasehold improvements
91 91
Capitalized internally developed software
944 792
Total property and equipment
1,181 1,024
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(1,122 ) (715 )
Total property and equipment, net
$ 59 $ 309
Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company recorded an impairment of $0.2 million and none for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The impairment for the year ended March 31, 2025 can be attributed to the Company ceasing to use some of its internally developed software.
Note 4 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The Company currently has one reporting unit. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended March 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Goodwill
Balance as of March 31, 2024
$ 12,041
Acquisitions
-
Balance as of March 31, 2025
$ 12,041
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows as of March 31, 2025 (in thousands):
Gross
Net
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Value
Amortization
Value
Content creator relationships
$ 3,229 $ 2,573 $ 656
Brand and trade names
1,010 480 530
Total
$ 4,239 $ 3,053 $ 1,186
F-
The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):
Gross
Net
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Value
Amortization
Value
Content creator relationships
$ 4,082 $ 1,568 $ 2,514
Brand and trade names
1,010 379 631
Total
$ 5,092 $ 1,947 $ 3,145
The Company’s amortization expense on its finite-lived intangible assets was $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Finder's Fee Agreement
In September 2023, the Company entered into a finder's fee arrangement pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue shares of its common stock at a price of $8.00 per share (subject to adjustment in certain limited circumstances) as a finder’s fee to a certain third party podcast platform in the event certain former and/or current podcasts of such platform entered into new podcasting agreements with the Company, with the amount of the fee to be based on the amount of revenues actually derived by the Company from such podcasts during a predetermined period. Payments made to such third party attributed to the Company entering into new podcast contracts were capitalized to content creator relationship intangibles. During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company made an adjustment of $0.5 million to accrued common stock and increase the content creator relationships balance to account for the settlement of the finder's fee agreement attributed to multiple third-party platforms.
The Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.2 million and none for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The impairment for the year ended March 31, 2025 was the result of the winding down of a podcast show acquired by PodcastOne.
The Company expects to record amortization of intangible assets for fiscal years ending March 31, 2025 and future fiscal years as follows (in thousands):
For Years Ending March 31,
$ 581
Thereafter
-
$ 1,186
Note 5 - Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at March 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
March 31,
Accounts payable
$ 1,285 $ 1,529
Accrued revenue share
1,962 2,945
Other accrued liabilities
2,292 2,909
$ 5,539 $ 7,383
Accrued revenue share can be attributed to monies owed to content creators who contribute their podcast or other media content for the Company to sell to consumers. The Company accrues a liability based on the percentage of revenue owed to each content creator at the time of sale.
F-
Note 6 - Bridge Loan
Private Placement
On July 15, 2022, the Company completed a private placement offering (the “PC1 Bridge Loan”) of its unsecured convertible notes with an original issue discount of 10% (the “OID”) in the aggregate principal amount of $8.8 million (the “PC1 Notes”) to certain accredited investors and institutional investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”), for cash proceeds of $7.4 million, net of placement agent fees of $0.7 million, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements entered into with the Purchasers (the “Subscription Agreements”). In connection with the sale of the PC1 Notes, the Purchasers received warrants (the “PC1 Warrants”) to purchase a number of shares (the “PC1 Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock. The PC1 Notes were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2023, subject to a one-time three-month extension at the Company’s election (the “Maturity Date”). The Company elected the extension and extended the maturity date to October 15, 2023. The PC1 Notes bore interest at a rate of 10% per annum payable on maturity. The PC1 Notes automatically convert into the securities of the Company sold in a Qualified Financing (an initial public offering of the Company’s securities from which the Company’s trading market at the closing of such offering is a national securities exchange) or Qualified Event (a direct listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange), as applicable, upon the closing of a Qualified Financing or Qualified Event, as applicable, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price equal to $60.0 million divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Financing or Qualified Event, as applicable (assuming full conversion or exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities of the Company then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions), and (ii) 70% of the offering price of the shares (or whole units, as applicable) in the Qualified Financing or 70% of the initial listing price of the shares on a national securities exchange in the Qualified Event, as applicable. Each holder of the PC1 Notes (other than LiveOne) may at such holder’s option require the Company to redeem up to 45% of the principal amount of such holder’s PC1 Notes (together with accrued interest thereon, but excluding the OID), in aggregate up to $3,000,000 for all of the PC1 Notes (other than those held by LiveOne), immediately prior to the completion of a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, with such redemption to be made pro rata to the redeeming holders of the PC1 Notes (the “Optional Redemption”). Upon a Purchaser’s redemption of any PC1 Notes pursuant to the Optional Redemption right, then a portion of such Purchaser’s PC1 Warrants shall be forfeited and cancelled in accordance with the following formula: for each $0.001 million of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes redeemed, PC1 Warrants to purchase 100% of the Warrant Shares issued per $0.001 million of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled.
LiveOne also agreed (i) not to effect a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, unless immediately following such event LiveOne owns no less than 66% of the Company’s equity, unless in either case otherwise permitted by the written consent of the holders of the majority of the PC1 Notes (excluding LiveOne) (the “Majority Noteholders”) and LiveOne’s senior lender, as applicable, (ii) that until a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, is consummated, LiveOne guaranteed the repayment of the PC1 Notes when due (other than the Bridge Notes issued to LiveOne) and any interest or other fees due thereunder, and (iii) that if the Company has not consummated a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event, as applicable, by February 15, 2023, March 15, 2023 or April 15, 2023, as applicable, unless in either case permitted by the written consent of the Majority Noteholders, the Company was required to redeem $1,000,000 of the then outstanding PC1 Notes pro rata from the PC1 Notes holders (other than the PC1 Notes issued to LiveOne) by the tenth calendar day of each month immediately following such respective date, up to an aggregate redemption of $3,000,000 over the course of such three months, each of which shall be distributed to the holders of the PC1 Notes (other than LiveOne) on a prorated basis (the “Early Redemption”).
The Company further agreed to register the shares of its common stock issuable upon conversion of the PC1 Notes and exercise of the PC1 Warrants in connection with a Qualified Financing or a Qualified Event. If the Company did not file such registration statement on or prior to April 15, 2023, the Company was required to prepay $1,000,000 of the PC1 Notes pro rata to the PC1 Notes holders (other than LiveOne), and if the Company did not file such registration statement on or prior to July 15, 2023, the Company was required to prepay $2,000,000 of the PC1 Notes pro rata to the PC1 Notes holders (other than LiveOne) (the “Reg St Redemption”). The Company was not required to redeem or repay more than a total of $3,000,000 of the principal amount of the PC1 Notes as a result of the Optional Redemption, the Early Redemption and/or the Reg St Redemption.
F-
During the year ended March 31, 2024, the Company redeemed $3.0 million of principal on the PC1 Notes.
On September 8, 2023, the Company completed a Qualified Event (its direct listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the "Spin-Out")) as a result of its direct listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market on such date. In connection with such completed Qualified Event, all of the remaining PC1 Notes (including interest thereunder) in the aggregate amount of approximately $7.02 million converted into approximately 2,341,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.
Warrants
The PC1 Warrants are classified as liabilities at inception of the PC1 Bridge Loan as they represent an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock in the future and are therefore required to be initially and subsequently measured at fair value each reporting period. The Company recorded a warrant liability in the amount of $2.6 million (and reduced the proceeds allocated to the PC1 Notes accordingly). The fair value of the PC1 Warrant liability is remeasured each reporting period using a Monte Carlo simulation model, and the change in fair value is recorded as an adjustment to the PC1 Warrant liability with the unrealized gains or losses reflected in other income (expense). On September 8, 2023, as a result of the Spin-Out, the number of shares of PodcastOne's common stock into which PC1 Warrants were exercisable was fixed based on the exercise price of $3.00 per share. As a result, the Company reclassed its $9.1 million warrant liability as of September 8, 2023 to equity within additional paid in capital. As of March 31, 2025 there were 3,114,000 common stock warrants issued and outstanding.
The fair value of the PC1 Warrants is measured in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”, using “Monte Carlo simulation” modeling, incorporating the following inputs:
September 8,
March 31,
Expected dividend yield
- % - %
Expected stock-price volatility
71.10 % 71.50 %
Risk-free interest rate
4.43 % 4.86 %
Simulated share price
$ 4.39 $ 2.64
Exercise price
$ 3.00 $ 2.64
Total change in fair value of a loss of $6.3 million for warrant liabilities accounted for as derivatives have been recorded in other expense for the year ended March 31, 2024, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-
Redemption Features
The Company determined that the redemption features associated with the PC1 Bridge Loan meet the accounting definition of an embedded derivative that must be separated from the PC1 Bridge Loan and initially and subsequently be reported as a liability (the “Redemption Liability”) and measured at fair value. The fair value of the Redemption Liability was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. On September 8, 2023, the Company completed its Spin-Out, therefore the redemption feature was cancelled and not exercised by the holder. Based on the fair value of the shares traded on September 8, 2023, the Company valued the derivative at $3.4 million.
The fair value of the redemption features was measured in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”, using “Monte Carlo simulation” modeling, incorporating the following inputs:
March 31,
Simulations
100,000
Expected stock-price volatility
71.50 %
Risk-free interest rate
3.59 %
Conversion price
$ 1.78
Stock price
$ 2.64
The fair value of the Redemption Liability of $1.7 million at July 15, 2022 was recorded as a derivative liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the Redemption Liability at March 31, 2024, was none as a result of the PC1 Bridge Loan converting to common stock. The $1.3 million change in the fair value of the Redemption Liability derivative is recorded as an expense and included in other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2024.
The resulting discount from the OID, placement agent fees, PC1 Warrants, and embedded Redemption Liability derivative of $5.8 million is being amortized to interest expense through July 15, 2023, the expected term of the Bridge Loan, using the effective interest method. Interest expense resulting from the amortization of the discount for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was none and $1.6 million, respectively.
Interest expense with respect to the PC1 Bridge Loan for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was none and $0.1 million, respectively. There are no covenants associated with the PC1 Notes.
Note 7 - Related Party Transactions
As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s parent, LiveOne, holds approximately 18.4 million shares of the Company's common stock and 1,100,000 common stock warrants to purchase shares of the Company with an exercise price of $3.00 per share. In addition, directors and management affiliated with LiveOne hold approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company's common stock.
During the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company was allocated expenses by LiveOne attributed to the overhead expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. The amount allocated to the Company from LiveOne for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
F-
As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had a related party payable owed to LiveOne of $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, which primarily consisted of expenses related to overhead expenses paid on behalf of the Company (See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had a related party receivable from LiveOne of $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which primarily consisted of cash allocated to LiveOne.
During the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company issued 1,315,880 and 159,333 shares of its common stock, respectively, with a fair value of $2.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in exchange for amounts owed under a cost sharing agreement between LiveOne and the Company.
Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Obligations
As of March 31, 2025, the Company is obligated under agreements with its content providers and other contractual obligations to make guaranteed payments as follows: $1.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, 2027 and 2028, respectively.
On August 28, 2023, the Company entered into a new two-year employment contract with its President for $0.4 million per year effective January 1, 2023.
On a quarterly basis, the Company records the greater of the cumulative actual content acquisition costs incurred or the cumulative minimum guarantee based on forecasted usage for the minimum guarantee period. The minimum guarantee period of time is the period that the minimum guarantee relates to, as specified in each agreement, which may be annual or a longer period. The cumulative minimum guarantee, based on forecasted usage, considers factors such as listening hours, revenue, members, and other terms of each agreement that impact the Company’s expected attainment or recoupment of the minimum guarantees based on the relative attribution method.
On January 15, 2025, the Company entered into a three-year Enterprise Service and Advertising Agreement (the “Agreement”) with ART19 LLC (“ART19”), a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc. to move the existing network of PodcastOne programming to the ART19 hosting platform. The Agreement is expected to drive additional monetization opportunities across the Company’s vast library of popular podcasts. Pursuant to the Agreement ART19 is required to pay the Company a minimum guarantee of $15.0 million over the term of the Agreement based on the Company achieving certain minimum impressions amount, which guarantee is subject to adjustment as provided in the Agreement, including if the Company achieves higher minimum impressions amounts. In addition, the Agreement provides for a revenue share split between the Company and ART19 based on gross sales revenue achieved by the Company under the Agreement. During the year ended March 31, 2025 the Company recognized revenue of $0.8 million from the Agreement.
On October 23, 2024, the Company entered into an investor relations consulting agreement with MZHCI, LLC. The contract called for a three month commitment at $9,000 per month then on a month to month basis after January 1, 2025 and terminated effective as of April 2025. The consulting agreement also called for 7,500 shares of the Company's common stock to be issued monthly as long as the Company was a customer of MZHCI, LLC.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings and other matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. Many of these proceedings may be at preliminary stages and/or seek an indeterminate amount of damages. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, except as set forth below, such routine claims and lawsuits are not significant and we do not currently expect them to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.
F-
Parent Company Debt
The senior credit facility held by the Company’s parent, LiveOne, contains provisions that limit the Company’s operating activities, including covenant relating to the requirement to maintain a certain amount cash at LiveOne of $5.0 million (maybe adjusted from time to time). If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the senior lender may among other things, terminate its obligations thereunder, accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and/or the Company to repay all amounts thereunder. For example, on October 13, 2022, a judgement was entered in favor of SoundExchange, Inc. (“SX”) against LiveOne and Slacker in the United States District Court Central District of California in the amount of approximately $9.8 million. In February 2023, the parties settled the dispute. LiveOne’s debt agreements with the provider of its senior credit facility contains a covenant that if a material adverse change occurs in its financial condition, or such lender reasonably believes the prospect of payment or performance of their loan is materially impaired, the lender at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and the Company to repay all outstanding amounts owed thereunder. If for any reason LiveOne fails to comply with the terms of its settlement agreement with SX, its senior credit facility provider may declare an event of default and at its option may immediately accelerate its debt and require LiveOne and the Company to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the senior credit facility, which would materially adversely impact the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. On September 8, 2023 and effective as of August 22, 2023, LiveOne entered into a new Business Loan Agreement with the senior credit facility provider to convert the senior credit facility into an assets backed loan credit facility, which shall continue to be collateralized by a first lien on all of the assets of LiveOne and its subsidiaries (the “ABL Credit Facility”). The Business Loan Agreement provides LiveOne with borrowing capacity of up to the Borrowing Base (as defined in the Business Loan Agreement). Pursuant to the Business Loan Agreement, the requirement that LiveOne and its related entities shall at all times maintain a certain minimum deposit with the senior credit facility provider was reduced from $7,000,000 to $5,000,000.
On January 28, 2025, LiveOne entered into the 2025 Business Loan Agreement with the senior lender to update certain terms of the ABL Credit Facility, including to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Note to $3,750,000, reflecting LiveOne’s repayment of $3,250,000 of the principal amount of the Promissory Note as of such date, and to extend the maturity date of the Promissory Note to November 20, 2025. Pursuant to the 2025 Change in Terms Agreement entered into in connection with the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, LiveOne agreed to repay the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Promissory Note in 9 equal monthly payments of $400,000 each beginning February 20, 2025, and the final 10th payment of $151,291.67 on November 20, 2025. Pursuant to the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, the requirement that LiveOne and its related entities shall at all times maintain a certain minimum cash deposit with the senior lender is maintained at $5,000,000. The ABL Credit Facility continues to be collateralized by a first lien on all of the assets of LiveOne and its subsidiaries, including the Company. Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are subject to certain covenants as set forth in the 2025 Business Loan Agreement and bear interest at a rate equal to the “Money Rate” column of The Wall Street Journal (Western Edition) as determined by the Senior Lender plus 2.50%, resulting in the initial rate of 10.00% and provided, that it shall not be less than 7.50%. LiveOne may prepay at any time without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed to the Senior Lender. The 2025 Business Loan Agreement includes customary events of default and various financial and other covenants with which LiveOne must comply in order to maintain borrowing availability, including maintaining required minimum liquidity amount and Borrowing Base capacity. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of all obligations of LiveOne to the senior lender with respect to indebtedness, whether under the 2025 Business Loan Agreement or otherwise. Other covenants include, but are not limited to, covenants limiting or restricting LiveOne’s ability to incur indebtedness, incur liens, enter into mergers or consolidations involving debt, dispose of assets, make loans and investments and pay dividends. In connection with the 2025 Business Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note continues in effect except as modified by the 2025 Business Loan Agreement and the 2025 Change in Terms Agreement.
In connection with the issuance of the Debentures (as defined in Note 12 - Subsequent Events), LiveOne repaid the outstanding principal amount of the ABL Credit Facility and terminated such facility and all agreements related to it.
F-
Note 9 - Employee Benefit Plan
The Company’s parent LiveOne sponsors a 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all of the Company’s employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan the first day of the calendar month following their date of hire. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of its employees up to a maximum of 100% of the participant’s elective deferral up to a maximum of 5% of the employees’ annual compensation. The Company’s matching contributions were not material to the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Note 10 - Stockholders’ Equity
Spin-Out
Prior to the Spin-Out, LiveOne, through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., canceled 127,984,230 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of March 31, 2025, LiveOne, Inc. owned approximately 18.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock (not including any shares of common stock underlying the PC1 Warrants held by LiveOne), which constituted approximately 71% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock as of such date.
Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which was approved by the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder on December 15, 2022, which became effective on September 12, 2023, in connection with the completion of the Spin-Out, the Company is authorized to issue up to 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the "preferred stock").
On September 8, 2023, the Company completed the Spin-Out and converted the outstanding PC1 Bridge Loan into 2,340,707 shares of common stock based on a fair value of $4.39 per share, which was the closing price of the stock on the date of conversion. The book value of the PC1 Bridge Loan and the bifurcated embedded derivative were converted into additional paid in capital, which equaled the fair value of the 2,340,707 shares issued for the conversion of the PC1 Bridge Loan. As a result of the completion of the Spin-Out and the PodcastOne shares becoming publicly traded, the Company reclassified its warrant liability to equity as a result of the strike price and number of warrants becoming fixed at $3.00 per share, which resulted in a $9.1 million increase to additional paid in capital. In addition, the Company's derivative liability was written to zero as the redemption feature was unexercised.
Finder's Agreement
In September 2023, the Company entered into a finder's fee arrangement pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue shares of its common stock at a price of $8.00 per share (subject to adjustment in certain limited circumstances) as a finder’s fee to a certain third party podcast platform in the event certain former and/or current podcast content creators of such platform entered into new podcasting agreements with the Company, with the amount of the fee to be based on the amount of revenues actually derived by the Company from such podcasts during a predetermined period. Payments made to such third party attributed to the Company entering into new podcast contracts were capitalized to content creator relationship intangibles. As of March 31, 2025, the Company has capitalized $3.2 million of payments made to such third party.
LiveOne 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
LiveOne’s board of directors and stockholders approved its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2016 Plan”) which reserved a total of 12,600,000 shares of LiveOne’s common stock for issuance. On September 17, 2020, LiveOne’s stockholders approved the amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan by 5,000,000 shares increasing the total up to 17,600,000 shares, which increase was formally adopted by LiveOne in June 2021. Incentive awards authorized under the 2016 Plan include, but are not limited to, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and stock appreciation rights. If an incentive award granted under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to LiveOne in connection with the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2016 Plan.
F-
The Company’s employees were awarded options and restricted stock awards under the 2016 Plan, therefore an allocation of the share-based compensation was made to the Company from LiveOne. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million and $3.5 million during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The total tax benefit recognized related to share-based compensation expense was none for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
LiveOne's Options Grants to the Company’s Employees
Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of LiveOne’s common stock at the date of grant based on the closing market price of its common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Capital Market. The option awards generally vest over two to four years and are exercisable any time after vesting. The stock options expire ten years after the date of grant.
As of March 31, 2025, unrecognized compensation costs for unvested awards to employees was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 0.84 years.
The following table provides information about LiveOne’s option grants made to the Company’s employees during the last two fiscal years:
Year Ended March 31,
Number of options granted
15,000 15,000
Weighted-average exercise price per share
$ 0.81 $ 1.75
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share
$ - $ -
The grant date fair value of each of these option grants to employees was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Year Ended March 31,
Expected volatility
84 % 84 %
Dividend Yield
- % - %
Risk-free rate
4 % 4 %
Expected term (in years)
5.88 5.88
The following table summarizes the activity of LiveOne’s options issued to the Company’s employees during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Number of
Price per
Shares
Share
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
240,000 $ 2.84
Granted
15,000 1.75
Exercised
- -
Forfeited or expired
(115,000 ) 3.88
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
140,000 1.87
Granted
15,000 0.81
Exercised
- -
Forfeited or expired
(15,000 ) 4.20
Outstanding as of March 31, 2025
140,000 $ 1.51
Exercisable as of March 31, 2025
132,500 $ 1.43
F-
The weighted-average remaining contractual term for options to the Company's employees outstanding and options to the Company's employees exercisable as of March 31, 2025 was 6.82 years and 6.81 years, respectively. The intrinsic value of options to employees outstanding and options to employees exercisable was none and none, respectively, at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised was none and none, at March 31, 2025 and 2024
The fair value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2025 was $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The fair value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2024 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units Grants to the Company's Employees
As of March 31, 2025, unrecognized compensation costs for unvested LiveOne restricted stock unit awards to the Company's employees was less than $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 1.39 years.
The following table provides information about LiveOne’s restricted stock units grants made to the Company’s employees during the last two fiscal years:
Year Ended March 31,
Number of units granted
50,000 320,000
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share
$ 1.10 $ 1.75
The following table summarizes the activity of LiveOne’s restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
Number of
Shares
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
262,500
Granted
320,000
Vested
(400,000 )
Cancelled
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
182,500
Granted
50,000
Vested
(194,167 )
Cancelled
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2025
38,333
The fair value of restricted stock units that vested during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
PodcastOne 2022 Equity Incentive Plan
On December 15, 2022, the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder, through its wholly owned subsidiary, LiveXLive PodcastOne, Inc., approved the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”) which reserved a total of 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance. Incentive awards authorized under the 2022 Plan include, but are not limited to, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and stock appreciation rights. If an incentive award granted under the 2022 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to the Company in connection with the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2022 Plan.
F-
The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's restricted stock units issued to employees under the 2022 Plan during the years ended March 31, 2025:
Number of
Shares
Outstanding as of April 1, 2023
-
Granted
879,060
Vested
(287,500 )
Forfeited or expired
-
Outstanding as of March 31, 2024
591,560
Granted
485,967
Vested
(795,927 )
Forfeited or expired
(49,250 )
Nonvested as of March 31, 2025
232,350
During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company recognized $2.2 million of stock compensation for vested restricted stock units. Unrecognized compensation costs for unvested PodcastOne restricted stock units issued to employees was $0.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 1.29 years.
Authorized Common Stock and Authority to Create Preferred Stock
Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which was approved by the Company’s board of directors and LiveOne as the sole stockholder on December 15, 2023, became effective in connection with the completion of the Spin-Out, the Company is authorized to issue up to 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock.
The Company may issue shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, each of which will have such distinctive designation or title as shall be determined by the Company’s board of directors and will have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of preferred stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors will have the power to increase or decrease the number of shares of preferred stock of any series after the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased, the shares constituting such decrease will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
While the Company does not currently have any plans for the issuance of preferred stock, the issuance of such preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until and unless the Company’s board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock; however, these effects may include: restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.
F-
Note 11 - Income Tax Provision
The Company’s income tax provision can be affected by many factors, including the overall level of pre-tax income, the mix of pre-tax income generated across the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, changes in tax laws and regulations in those jurisdictions, changes in valuation allowances on its deferred tax assets, tax planning strategies available to the Company, and other discrete items.
F-
The components of pretax loss and income tax (benefit) expense are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Loss before income taxes:
Domestic
$ (6,434 ) $ (14,677 )
Foreign
- -
Total loss before income taxes
$ (6,434 ) $ (14,677 )
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
Current
U.S. Federal
$ - $ -
State
24 55
Foreign
- -
Total Current
24 55
Deferred:
U.S. Federal
(899 ) (419 )
State
(163 ) 99
Foreign
1,062 320
Total Deferred
- -
Total provision for income taxes
$ 24 $ 55
The differences between income taxes expected at U.S. statutory income tax rates and the income tax provision are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Income taxes computed at Federal statutory rate
$ (1,291 ) $ (3,082 )
State tax - net of federal benefit
(174 ) 79
Nondeductible expenses
- 496
Derivative gain
- 1,597
Federal NOL true-up
31 522
Change in valuation allowance
1,063 321
Stock compensation
181 162
Other
214 (40 )
Total provision for income taxes
$ 24 $ 55
At March 31, 2025, the Company had available federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income of approximately $13.0 million and $14.5 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire on various dates beginning in 2034. Of the $13.0 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, $3.5 million was generated in tax years beginning before March 31, 2018 and is subject to the 20-year carryforward period, the remaining $8.8 million can be carried forward indefinitely but is subject to the 80% taxable income limitation.
The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by the federal and state jurisdictions where applicable. There are currently no pending income tax examinations. The Company’s tax years for 2017 and forward are subject to examination by the federal tax authorities and tax years for 2014 and forward are subject to examination by California tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses.
The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax provisions as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has not accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
F-
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) are as follows as of (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
$ 3,732 $ 2,941
Reserves and allowances
20 21
Accrued liabilities
151 165
Charitable contribution carryforward
946 660
Gross deferred tax assets
4,849 3,787
Valuation allowance
(4,849 ) (3,787 )
Net deferred tax liability
$ - $ -
As the ultimate realization of the potential benefits of a portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets is considered unlikely by management, the Company has offset the deferred tax assets attributable to those potential benefits through valuation allowances. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize any benefit from income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations to offset its pre-tax losses. The valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is $4.8 million and $3.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $1.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2025.
Note 12 - Subsequent Events
On May 19, 2025 (the “Closing Date”), LiveOne and the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures (the “Initial Debentures”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,775,000 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $15.25 million, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions (as defined below), LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers LiveOne’s additional Original Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $11,000,000 on substantially the same terms as the Initial Debentures (the “Additional Debentures” and collectively with the Initial Debentures, the “Debentures”), in a private placement transaction. The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. LiveOne may sell to the Purchasers the Additional Debentures if within 15 months of the Closing Date either of the following conditions have been satisfied during such 15-month period (the “Conditions”): (x) the VWAP (as defined in the SPA) of the common stock has been equal to or greater than $4.20 per share (subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations) for 30 consecutive trading days, or (y) Free Cash Flow (as defined in the SPA) has been equal to or greater to $3,000,000 for three consecutive fiscal quarters, and has increased in each of the foregoing quarters from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. For the month of August 2025, the holders may not submit a redemption notice for such a redemption prior to August 18, 2025. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month.
Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including applicable prior notice to the holders of the Initial Debentures, at any time after May 19, 2026, LiveOne may elect to prepay all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Initial Debentures for a prepayment amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with a prepayment premium equal to the following (the “Prepayment Premium”): (a) if the Initial Debentures are prepaid after May 19, 2026, but on or prior to May 19, 2027, 5% of the entire outstanding principal balance of the outstanding Initial Debentures (or the applicable portion thereof required to be prepaid by LiveOne); and (c) if the Initial Debentures are prepaid on or after May 19, 2027, but prior to the maturity date of the Initial Debentures, 4% of the entire outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures (or the applicable portion thereof required to be prepaid by LiveOne). Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of all of then outstanding Initial Debentures in connection with a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in the Initial Debentures) for a prepayment amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium based on when such Change of Control Transaction occurs within the period set forth above applicable to such Prepayment Premium; provided, that (x) if a Change of Control Transaction occurs on or prior to May 19, 2026, plus 10% of the entire outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures; (y) if the Specified Carve-Out Transaction (as defined in the Debentures) in consummated, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the Initial Debentures, in an aggregate amount equal to the lower of the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures and $7,500,000, in each case, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium, and (z) if a Permitted Disposition (as defined in the Debentures) pursuant to clause (g) of the definition thereof is consummated, LiveOne shall be required to prepay the Initial Debentures in an aggregate amount equal to the lower of the outstanding principal balance of then outstanding Initial Debentures and 50% of the first $1,000,000 of net proceeds resulting from such Permitted Disposition up to $1,000,000 and 25% of such net proceeds in excess of $1,000,000, in each case, plus the applicable Prepayment Premium.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures can be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default. In the event of default and acceleration of LiveOne’s obligations, LiveOne would be required to pay the applicable prepayment amount described above.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures were guaranteed under a Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”), by certain of its subsidiaries, including the Company, Slacker, Inc. and LiveXLive, Corp. (collectively, the “Guarantors”). LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee are secured under a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) entered into on the Closing Date among LiveOne, the Company and the other Guarantors, certain Purchasers and JGB Collateral, LLC (the “Agent”) as agent for the Purchasers (the “Security Agreement”), by a lien on all of LiveOne’s, the Company’s and the other Guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, pursuant to the Security Agreement, LiveOne, the Company and the other Guarantors agreed to pay to the Agent a collateral monitoring fee on the outstanding principal balance of the Debentures at per annum rate of 1%, which fee shall accrue daily and shall be payable to the Agent in cash on the last business day of each calendar month. LiveOne must also maintain a specified minimum cash balance (as set forth in the Debentures) and maintain minimum amounts of liquidity.
On June 27, 2025 and effective as of June 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), the “Company” entered into a new employment agreement with Kit Gray, the Company’s current President (the “Gray Employment Agreement”). The term of the Gray Employment Agreement is for two years from the Effective Date (the “Term”) at an annual salary of $375,000. Mr. Gray is eligible to earn a discretionary annual performance bonus for each whole or partial fiscal year of his employment period with the Company in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to the Company’s executive officers. Mr. Gray’s “target” performance bonus shall be 100% of his average annualized base salary during the fiscal year for which the performance bonus is earned. Pursuant to the Gray Employment Agreement, Mr. Gray was granted: (i) 700,000 restricted stock units of the Company, and (ii) 150,000 restricted stock units of LiveOne, Inc., the Company’s parent.
On June 27, 2025 and effective as of the Effective Date, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with Sue McNamara, the Company’s current Chief Revenue Officer (the “McNamara Employment Agreement”). The term of the McNamara Employment Agreement is for two years from the Effective Date at an annual salary of $325,000. Ms. McNamara is eligible to earn a discretionary annual performance bonus for each whole or partial fiscal year of her employment period with the Company in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to the Company’s executive officers. Ms. McNamara’s “target” performance bonus shall be 100% of her average annualized base salary during the fiscal year for which the performance bonus is earned. Pursuant to the McNamara Employment Agreement, Ms. McNamara was granted 150,000 Company RSUs and 25,000 restricted stock units of LiveOne, Inc., the Company’s parent.

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of March 31, 2025, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our President and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2025 as described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting below.
Limitations of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
It should be noted that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment and makes assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote. Management believes that the financial statements included in this Annual Report fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, with the participation of our President and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, the end of our fiscal year. Our management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our management’s assessment included evaluation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment.
Based on our management’s assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2025. Our management communicated the results of its assessment to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Because we are a smaller reporting company and a non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to or issue a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we continued the processes of evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of controls in place around new transaction cycles and will implement any remediations if necessary. Other than this, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
CEO and CFO Certifications
Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report are the Certifications of our President (Principal Executive Officer) and CFO, respectively. These certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item 9A. of this Annual Report, which you are currently reading, is the information concerning the Evaluation referred to above and in the Section 302 Certifications, and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 9B. Other Information
During the three-month period ended March 31, 2025, no officer or director of our Company adopted any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or any non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement within the meaning of Item 408 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
On May 19, 2025, LiveOne and our Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which (i) LiveOne sold to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Initial Debentures, and (ii) if certain conditions are satisfied as set forth in the SPA, including at least one of the Conditions, LiveOne may sell at its option to the Purchasers LiveOne’s Additional Debentures, in a private placement transaction. The Debentures are convertible into shares of LiveOne’s common stock at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $2.10 per share, subject to certain customary adjustments such as stock splits, stock dividends and stock combinations. The Initial Debentures mature on May 19, 2028 and accrue interest at 11.75% per year. Commencing with the calendar month of August 2025 (subject to the following sentence), the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $100,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures per month. For the month of August 2025, the holders may not submit a redemption notice for such a redemption prior to August 18, 2025. Commencing from November 18, 2025, May 18, 2026 and May 18, 2027, the holders of the Initial Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require LiveOne to redeem an aggregate of up to $150,000, $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Debentures per month.
LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures can be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default. In the event of default and acceleration of LiveOne’s obligations, LiveOne would be required to pay the applicable prepayment amount described above. LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures were guaranteed under a Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of May 19, 2025 (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”), by certain of its subsidiaries, including our Company, Slacker, Inc. and LiveXLive, Corp. (collectively, the “Guarantors”). LiveOne’s obligations under the Debentures and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee are secured under a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) entered into on the May 19, 2025 among LiveOne, our Company and the other Guarantors, certain Purchasers and JGB Collateral, LLC (the “Agent”) as agent for the Purchasers (the “Security Agreement”), by a lien on all of LiveOne’s, our Company’s and the other Guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, pursuant to the Security Agreement, LiveOne, our Company and the other Guarantors agreed to pay to the Agent a collateral monitoring fee on the outstanding principal balance of the Debentures at per annum rate of 1%, which fee shall accrue daily and shall be payable to the Agent in cash on the last business day of each calendar month. LiveOne must also maintain a specified minimum cash balance (as set forth in the Debentures) and maintain minimum amounts of liquidity.

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2025 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our 2025 Proxy Statement.
PART IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
List of Documents Filed.
(1) Financial Statements (Included in Item 8 of this Annual Report)
The consolidated financial statements of PodcastOne, Inc. (formerly Courtside Group, Inc.) included in this Annual Report include:
●
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the year ended March 31, 2025
●
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2025
●
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules have been omitted since they are either not applicable or the information is contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(b)
Exhibits.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2023).
3.2
Certificate of Amendment, dated September 21, 2023, to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2023).
3.3
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 18, 2023).
4.1
Form of Warrants, dated July 15, 2022, issued by the Company to the Purchasers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
4.2*
Description of Securities.
10.1
Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2022, between the Company and the Purchasers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
10.2†
The Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
10.3†
Form of Director Option Agreement under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.4†
Form of Employee Option Agreement under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.5†
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2023, between the Company and Kit Gray (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 1, 2023).
10.6†
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2023, between the Company and Sue McNamara (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 15, 2023).
10.7†
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and executive officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
10.8
Form of Administrative Services Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2023).
10.9
Form of Separation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2023).
21.1
List of subsidiaries of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement, as amended, filed with the SEC on December 27, 2022).
23.1*
Consent of Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1*
Powers of attorney (included on signature page of this report).
31.1*
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
31.2*
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
32.1**
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1
PodcastOne Compensation Recovery Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 1, 2024).
101.INS*
Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
† Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement
*
Filed herewith.
**
Furnished herewith.